linux

treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 152 Based on 1 normalized pattern(s): this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at your option any later version extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier GPL-2.0-or-later has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 3029 file(s). Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net> Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190527070032.746973796@linutronix.de Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>

2019-05-27 08:55:01 +02:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00

devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that happens. Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set, during initialization and port type change. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-05-23 10:43:35 +02:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

devlink: extend devlink_trap_report() to accept cookie and pass Add cookie argument to devlink_trap_report() allowing driver to pass in the user cookie. Pass on the cookie down to drop monitor code. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-02-25 11:45:21 +01:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00

devlink: move request_firmware out of driver All drivers which implement the devlink flash update support, with the exception of netdevsim, use either request_firmware or request_firmware_direct to locate the firmware file. Rather than having each driver do this separately as part of its .flash_update implementation, perform the request_firmware within net/core/devlink.c Replace the file_name parameter in the struct devlink_flash_update_params with a pointer to the fw object. Use request_firmware rather than request_firmware_direct. Although most Linux distributions today do not have the fallback mechanism implemented, only about half the drivers used the _direct request, as compared to the generic request_firmware. In the event that a distribution does support the fallback mechanism, the devlink flash update ought to be able to use it to provide the firmware contents. For distributions which do not support the fallback userspace mechanism, there should be essentially no difference between request_firmware and request_firmware_direct. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> Acked-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-11-18 11:06:35 -08:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

devlink: Reduce struct devlink exposure The declaration of struct devlink in general header provokes the situation where internal fields can be accidentally used by the driver authors. In order to reduce such possible situations, let's reduce the namespace exposure of struct devlink. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-10-12 16:15:21 +03:00

devlink: add support to create line card and expose to user Extend the devlink API so the driver is going to be able to create and destroy linecard instances. There can be multiple line cards per devlink device. Expose this new type of object over devlink netlink API to the userspace, with notifications. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2022-04-18 09:42:25 +03:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00

devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters, that most of them are devlink port's attributes. Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-09 16:18:16 +03:00

devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00

devlink: Move structure comments outside of structure To add more fields to the PCI PF and VF port attributes, follow standard structure comment format. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-09 07:50:35 +03:00

2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00

devlink: Improve the port attributes description Current PF number description is vague, sometimes interpreted as some PF index. VF number in the PCI specification starts at 1; however in kernel, it starts at 0 for representor model. Improve the description of devlink port attributes PF, VF and SF numbers with these details. Reviewed-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20241224183706.26571-1-parav@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2024-12-24 20:37:06 +02:00

devlink: Introduce external controller flag A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller. A controller either located on same system or it can be an external controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in. Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external controller. Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver. An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to controller 1. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-09 07:50:36 +03:00

devlink: Move structure comments outside of structure To add more fields to the PCI PF and VF port attributes, follow standard structure comment format. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-09 07:50:35 +03:00

devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00

2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00

devlink: Move structure comments outside of structure To add more fields to the PCI PF and VF port attributes, follow standard structure comment format. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-09 07:50:35 +03:00

devlink: Introduce external controller flag A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller. A controller either located on same system or it can be an external controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in. Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external controller. Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver. An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to controller 1. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-09 07:50:36 +03:00

devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00

devlink: Move structure comments outside of structure To add more fields to the PCI PF and VF port attributes, follow standard structure comment format. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-09 07:50:35 +03:00

2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00

devlink: Improve the port attributes description Current PF number description is vague, sometimes interpreted as some PF index. VF number in the PCI specification starts at 1; however in kernel, it starts at 0 for representor model. Improve the description of devlink port attributes PF, VF and SF numbers with these details. Reviewed-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20241224183706.26571-1-parav@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2024-12-24 20:37:06 +02:00

devlink: Introduce external controller flag A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller. A controller either located on same system or it can be an external controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in. Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external controller. Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver. An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to controller 1. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-09 07:50:36 +03:00

devlink: Move structure comments outside of structure To add more fields to the PCI PF and VF port attributes, follow standard structure comment format. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-09 07:50:35 +03:00

devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00

2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00

devlink: Move structure comments outside of structure To add more fields to the PCI PF and VF port attributes, follow standard structure comment format. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-09 07:50:35 +03:00

devlink: Introduce external controller flag A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller. A controller either located on same system or it can be an external controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in. Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external controller. Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver. An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to controller 1. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-09 07:50:36 +03:00

devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00

devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00

devlink: Improve the port attributes description Current PF number description is vague, sometimes interpreted as some PF index. VF number in the PCI specification starts at 1; however in kernel, it starts at 0 for representor model. Improve the description of devlink port attributes PF, VF and SF numbers with these details. Reviewed-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20241224183706.26571-1-parav@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2024-12-24 20:37:06 +02:00

devlink: Extend SF port attributes to have external attribute Extended SF port attributes to have optional external flag similar to PCI PF and VF port attributes. External atttibute is required to generate unique phys_port_name when PF number and SF number are overlapping between two controllers similar to SR-IOV VFs. When a SF is for external controller an example view of external SF port and config sequence. On eswitch system: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0033:01:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0033:01:00.0/196607: type eth netdev enP51p1s0f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false pci/0033:01:00.0/131072: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf controller 1 pfnum 0 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port add pci/0033:01:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 77 controller 1 pci/0033:01:00.0/163840: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcisf controller 1 pfnum 0 sfnum 77 splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached phys_port_name construction: $ cat /sys/class/net/eth1/phys_port_name c1pf0sf77 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2021-03-10 15:35:03 +02:00

devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00

devlink: Extend SF port attributes to have external attribute Extended SF port attributes to have optional external flag similar to PCI PF and VF port attributes. External atttibute is required to generate unique phys_port_name when PF number and SF number are overlapping between two controllers similar to SR-IOV VFs. When a SF is for external controller an example view of external SF port and config sequence. On eswitch system: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0033:01:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0033:01:00.0/196607: type eth netdev enP51p1s0f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false pci/0033:01:00.0/131072: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf controller 1 pfnum 0 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port add pci/0033:01:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 77 controller 1 pci/0033:01:00.0/163840: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcisf controller 1 pfnum 0 sfnum 77 splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached phys_port_name construction: $ cat /sys/class/net/eth1/phys_port_name c1pf0sf77 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2021-03-10 15:35:03 +02:00

devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00

devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters, that most of them are devlink port's attributes. Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-09 16:18:16 +03:00

devlink: Add a new devlink port split ability attribute and pass to netlink Add a new attribute that indicates the split ability of devlink port. Drivers are expected to set it via devlink_port_attrs_set(), before registering the port. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-09 16:18:20 +03:00

devlink: let driver opt out of automatic phys_port_name generation Currently when adding devlink port, phys_port_name is automatically generated within devlink port initialization flow. As a result adding devlink port support to driver may result in forced changes of interface names, which breaks already existing network configs. This is an expected behavior but in some scenarios it would not be preferable to provide such limitation for legacy driver not being able to keep 'pre-devlink' interface name. Add flag no_phys_port_name to devlink_port_attrs struct which indicates if devlink should not alter name of interface. Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/nbwrfnjhvrcduqzjl4a2jafnvvud6qsbxlvxaxilnryglf4j7r@btuqrimnfuly/ Signed-off-by: Jedrzej Jagielski <jedrzej.jagielski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>

2025-07-04 13:17:47 +02:00

devlink: Add a new devlink port lanes attribute and pass to netlink Add a new devlink port attribute that indicates the port's number of lanes. Drivers are expected to set it via devlink_port_attrs_set(), before registering the port. The attribute is not passed to user space in case the number of lanes is invalid (0). Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-09 16:18:18 +03:00

devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters, that most of them are devlink port's attributes. Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-09 16:18:16 +03:00

devlink: Add comment block for missing port attributes Add comment block for physical, PF and VF port attributes. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-09 07:50:34 +03:00

devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00

devlink: Replace devlink_port_attrs_set parameters with a struct Currently, devlink_port_attrs_set accepts a long list of parameters, that most of them are devlink port's attributes. Use the devlink_port_attrs struct to replace the relevant parameters. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-09 16:18:16 +03:00

devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00

devlink: Add a new devlink port split ability attribute and pass to netlink Add a new attribute that indicates the split ability of devlink port. Drivers are expected to set it via devlink_port_attrs_set(), before registering the port. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-09 16:18:20 +03:00

devlink: let driver opt out of automatic phys_port_name generation Currently when adding devlink port, phys_port_name is automatically generated within devlink port initialization flow. As a result adding devlink port support to driver may result in forced changes of interface names, which breaks already existing network configs. This is an expected behavior but in some scenarios it would not be preferable to provide such limitation for legacy driver not being able to keep 'pre-devlink' interface name. Add flag no_phys_port_name to devlink_port_attrs struct which indicates if devlink should not alter name of interface. Suggested-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/nbwrfnjhvrcduqzjl4a2jafnvvud6qsbxlvxaxilnryglf4j7r@btuqrimnfuly/ Signed-off-by: Jedrzej Jagielski <jedrzej.jagielski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>

2025-07-04 13:17:47 +02:00

devlink: Add a new devlink port lanes attribute and pass to netlink Add a new devlink port attribute that indicates the port's number of lanes. Drivers are expected to set it via devlink_port_attrs_set(), before registering the port. The attribute is not passed to user space in case the number of lanes is invalid (0). Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-09 16:18:18 +03:00

devlink: extend attrs_set for setting port flavours Devlink ports can have specific flavour according to the purpose of use. This patch extend attrs_set so the driver can say which flavour port has. Initial flavours are: physical, cpu, dsa User can query this to see right away what is the purpose of each port. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-05-18 09:29:01 +02:00

net: devlink: extend port attrs for switch ID Extend devlink_port_attrs_set() to pass switch ID for ports which are part of switch and store it in port attrs. For other ports, this is NULL. Note that this allows the driver to group devlink ports into one or more switches according to the actual topology. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-04-03 14:24:16 +02:00

devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00

devlink: Introduce PCI PF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI PF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with PF and a representor netdevice, introduce a PCI PF port flavour and port attriute. When devlink port flavour is PCI PF, fill up PCI PF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF number on best effort basis. So that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-07-08 23:17:37 -05:00

devlink: Introduce PCI VF port flavour and port attribute In an eswitch, PCI VF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with VF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI VF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI VF, fill up PCI VF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and VF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. $ devlink port show pci/0000:05:00.0/0: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf pfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/1: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 pci/0000:05:00.0/2: type eth netdev eth2 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-07-08 23:17:38 -05:00

devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00

devlink: Refactor physical port attributes To support additional devlink port flavours and to support few common and few different port attributes, move physical port attributes to a different structure. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-07-08 23:17:35 -05:00

devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00

devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00

devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00

devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00

devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00

devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00

devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00

devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00

devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_priority' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_priority' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of strict priority arbiter among siblings. This arbitration scheme attempts to schedule nodes based on their priority as long as the nodes remain within their bandwidth limit. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of strict priority. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-15 11:48:15 +01:00

devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_weight' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_weight' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of Weighted Fair Queuing arbitration scheme among siblings. This arbitration scheme can be used simultaneously with the strict priority. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of Weighted Fair Queueing. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-15 11:48:16 +01:00

devlink: Extend devlink rate API with traffic classes bandwidth management Introduce support for specifying relative bandwidth shares between traffic classes (TC) in the devlink-rate API. This new option allows users to allocate bandwidth across multiple traffic classes in a single command. This feature provides a more granular control over traffic management, especially for scenarios requiring Enhanced Transmission Selection. Users can now define a relative bandwidth share for each traffic class. For example, assigning share values of 20 to TC0 (TCP/UDP) and 80 to TC5 (RoCE) will result in TC0 receiving 20% and TC5 receiving 80% of the total bandwidth. The actual percentage each class receives depends on the ratio of its share value to the sum of all shares. Example: DEV=pci/0000:08:00.0 $ devlink port function rate add $DEV/vfs_group tx_share 10Gbit \ tx_max 50Gbit tc-bw 0:20 1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:80 6:0 7:0 $ devlink port function rate set $DEV/vfs_group \ tc-bw 0:20 1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:20 6:60 7:0 Example usage with ynl: ./tools/net/ynl/cli.py --spec Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml \ --do rate-set --json '{ "bus-name": "pci", "dev-name": "0000:08:00.0", "port-index": 1, "rate-tc-bws": [ {"rate-tc-index": 0, "rate-tc-bw": 50}, {"rate-tc-index": 1, "rate-tc-bw": 50}, {"rate-tc-index": 2, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 3, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 4, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 5, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 6, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 7, "rate-tc-bw": 0} ] }' ./tools/net/ynl/cli.py --spec Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml \ --do rate-get --json '{ "bus-name": "pci", "dev-name": "0000:08:00.0", "port-index": 1 }' output for rate-get: {'bus-name': 'pci', 'dev-name': '0000:08:00.0', 'port-index': 1, 'rate-tc-bws': [{'rate-tc-bw': 50, 'rate-tc-index': 0}, {'rate-tc-bw': 50, 'rate-tc-index': 1}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 2}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 3}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 4}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 5}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 6}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 7}], 'rate-tx-max': 0, 'rate-tx-priority': 0, 'rate-tx-share': 0, 'rate-tx-weight': 0, 'rate-type': 'leaf'} Signed-off-by: Carolina Jubran <cjubran@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Cosmin Ratiu <cratiu@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250629142138.361537-3-mbloch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-06-29 17:21:32 +03:00

devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

devlink: introduce port ops placeholder In devlink, some of the objects have separate ops registered alongside with the object itself. Port however have ops in devlink_ops structure. For drivers what register multiple kinds of ports with different ops this is not convenient. Introduce devlink_port_ops and a set of functions that allow drivers to pass ops pointer during port registration. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:27 +02:00

devlink: Make port index data type as unsigned int Devlink port index attribute is returned to users as u32 through netlink response. Change index data type from 'unsigned' to 'unsigned int' to avoid below checkpatch.pl warning. WARNING: Prefer 'unsigned int' to bare use of 'unsigned' 81: FILE: include/net/devlink.h:81: + unsigned index; Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-30 05:39:44 -05:00

net: devlink: convert devlink port type-specific pointers to union Instead of storing type_dev as a void pointer, convert it to union and use it to store either struct net_device or struct ib_device pointer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-02 17:01:59 +01:00

net: devlink: add port type spinlock Add spinlock to protect port type and type_dev pointer consistency. Without that, userspace may see inconsistent type and type_dev combinations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> v1->v2: - rebased Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-03-24 11:14:37 +01:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

net: devlink: convert devlink port type-specific pointers to union Instead of storing type_dev as a void pointer, convert it to union and use it to store either struct net_device or struct ib_device pointer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-02 17:01:59 +01:00

net: devlink: store copy netdevice ifindex and ifname to allow port_fill() without RTNL held To avoid a need to take RTNL mutex in port_fill() function, benefit from the introduce infrastructure that tracks netdevice notifier events. Store the ifindex and ifname upon register and change name events. Remove the rtnl_held bool propagated down to port_fill() function as it is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-02 17:02:07 +01:00

net: devlink: convert devlink port type-specific pointers to union Instead of storing type_dev as a void pointer, convert it to union and use it to store either struct net_device or struct ib_device pointer. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-02 17:01:59 +01:00

devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00

devlink: Move switch_port attribute of devlink_port_attrs to devlink_port The struct devlink_port_attrs holds the attributes of devlink_port. Similarly to the previous patch, 'switch_port' attribute is another exception. Move 'switch_port' to be devlink_port's field. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-09 16:18:15 +03:00

net: devlink: introduce a flag to indicate devlink port being registered Instead of relying on devlink pointer not being initialized, introduce an extra flag to indicate if devlink port is registered. This is needed as later on devlink pointer is going to be initialized even in case devlink port is not registered yet. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-09-29 09:28:57 +02:00

net: devlink: add port_init/fini() helpers to allow pre-register/post-unregister functions Lifetime of some of the devlink objects, like regions, is currently forced to be different for devlink instance and devlink port instance (per-port regions). The reason is that for devlink ports, the internal structures initialization happens only after devlink_port_register() is called. To resolve this inconsistency, introduce new set of helpers to allow driver to initialize devlink pointer and region list before devlink_register() is called. That allows port regions to be created before devlink port registration and destroyed after devlink port unregistration. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-09-29 09:28:58 +02:00

devlink: add warning in case driver does not set port type Prevent misbehavior of drivers who would not set port type for longer period of time. Drivers should always set port type. Do WARN if that happens. Note that it is perfectly fine to temporarily not have the type set, during initialization and port type change. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-05-23 10:43:35 +02:00

devlink: Implement devlink health reporters on per-port basis Add devlink-health reporter support on per-port basis. The main difference existing devlink-health is that port reporters are stored in per-devlink_port lists. Upon creation of such health reporter the reference to a port it belongs to is stored in reporter struct. Fill the port index attribute in devlink-health response to allow devlink userspace utility to distinguish between device and port reporters. Signed-off-by: Vladyslav Tarasiuk <vladyslavt@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-10 15:25:10 +03:00

devlink: Introduce rate object Allow registering rate object for devlink ports with dedicated devlink_rate_leaf_{create|destroy}() API. Implement new netlink DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_GET command that is used to retrieve rate object info. Add new DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used for notifications when creating/deleting leaf rate object. Rate API is intended to be used for rate limiting of individual devlink ports (leafs) and their aggregates (nodes). Example: $ devlink port show pci/0000:03:00.0/0 pci/0000:03:00.0/1 $ devlink port function rate show pci/0000:03:00.0/0: type leaf pci/0000:03:00.0/1: type leaf Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:19 +03:00

devlink: add port to line card relationship set In order to properly inform user about relationship between port and line card, introduce a driver API to set line card for a port. Use this information to extend port devlink netlink message by line card index and also include the line card index into phys_port_name and by that into a netdevice name. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2022-04-18 09:42:28 +03:00

devlink: expose peer SF devlink instance Introduce a new helper devl_port_fn_devlink_set() to be used by driver assigning a devlink instance to the peer devlink port function. Expose this to user over new netlink attribute nested under port function nest to expose devlink handle related to the port function. This is particularly helpful for user to understand the relationship between devlink instances created for SFs and the port functions they belong to. Note that caller of devlink_port_notify() needs to hold devlink instance lock, put the assertion to devl_port_fn_devlink_set() to make this requirement explicit. Also note the limitations that only allow to make this assignment for registered objects. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-09-13 09:12:39 +02:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

devlink: Support add and delete devlink port Extended devlink interface for the user to add and delete a port. Extend devlink to connect user requests to driver to add/delete a port in the device. Driver routines are invoked without holding devlink instance lock. This enables driver to perform several devlink objects registration, unregistration such as (port, health reporter, resource etc) by using existing devlink APIs. This also helps to uniformly use the code for port unregistration during driver unload and during port deletion initiated by user. Examples of add, show and delete commands: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6 Load module index Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link Created link configuration context. Using default interface naming scheme 'v245'. ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v245 ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp6s0f0npf0sf88 ID_NET_NAME_SLOT=ens2f0npf0sf88 Unload module index Unloaded link configuration context. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2020-12-11 22:12:14 -08:00

2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00

devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00

net: devlink: report cell size of shared buffers Shared buffer allocation is usually done in cell increments. Drivers will either round up the allocation or refuse the configuration if it's not an exact multiple of cell size. Drivers know exactly the cell size of shared buffer, so help out users by providing this information in dumps. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-01 17:56:28 -08:00

devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

2023-07-13 21:51:22 -07:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

2023-07-13 21:51:22 -07:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

2023-07-13 21:51:22 -07:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

2023-07-13 21:51:22 -07:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

devlink: Add relation between dpipe and resource The hardware processes which are modeled via dpipe commonly use some internal hardware resources. Such relation can improve the understanding of hardware limitations. The number of resource's unit consumed per table's entry are also provided for each table. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-01-15 08:59:05 +01:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

2023-07-13 21:51:22 -07:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

2023-07-13 21:51:22 -07:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

devlink: Add relation between dpipe and resource The hardware processes which are modeled via dpipe commonly use some internal hardware resources. Such relation can improve the understanding of hardware limitations. The number of resource's unit consumed per table's entry are also provided for each table. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-01-15 08:59:05 +01:00

devlink: Constify the 'table_ops' parameter of devl_dpipe_table_register() "struct devlink_dpipe_table_ops" only contains some function pointers. Update "struct devlink_dpipe_table" and the 'table_ops' parameter of devl_dpipe_table_register() so that structures in drivers can be constified. Constifying these structures will move some data to a read-only section, so increase overall security. Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr> Reviewed-by: Wojciech Drewek <wojciech.drewek@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2024-06-02 16:18:52 +02:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

2023-07-13 21:51:22 -07:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

2023-07-13 21:51:22 -07:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

devlink: Add support for dynamic table size Up until now the dpipe table's size was static and known at registration time. The host table does not have constant size and it is resized in dynamic manner. In order to support this behavior the size is changed to be obtained dynamically via an op. This patch also adjust the current dpipe table for the new API. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-08-24 08:40:02 +02:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

2023-07-13 21:51:22 -07:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00

2023-07-13 21:51:22 -07:00

devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00

mlxsw: spectrum: Fix handling of resource_size_param Current code uses global variables, adjusts them and passes pointer down to devlink. With every other mlxsw_core instance, the previously passed pointer values are rewritten. Fix this by de-globalize the variables and also memcpy size_params during devlink resource registration. Also, introduce a convenient size_param_init helper. Fixes: ef3116e5403e ("mlxsw: spectrum: Register KVD resources with devlink") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-02-28 13:12:09 +01:00

devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration This resolves race during initialization where the resources with ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when all structs are initialized. The example flows, as it is in mlxsw: 1) driver load/asic probe: mlxsw_core -> mlxsw_sp_resources_register -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register -> devlink_resource_register IDX mlxsw_spectrum -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) 2) reload triggered by devlink command: -> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload -> mlxsw_sp_fini -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini -> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX (struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free) -> mlxsw_sp_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init -> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init -> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup size from devlink) -> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current occupancy getter) Fixes: d9f9b9a4d05f ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-04-05 22:13:21 +02:00

devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00

mlxsw: Register physical ports as a devlink resource The switch ASIC has a limited capacity of physical ('flavour physical' in devlink terminology) ports that it can support. While each system is brought up with a different number of ports, this number can be increased via splitting up to the ASIC's limit. Expose physical ports as a devlink resource so that user space will have visibility to the maximum number of ports that can be supported and the current occupancy. In addition, add a "Generic Resources" section in devlink-resource documentation so the different drivers will be aligned by the same resource name when exposing to user space. Signed-off-by: Danielle Ratson <danieller@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-01-21 15:10:23 +02:00

devlink: Add helper function for safely copy string param Devlink string param buffer is allocated at the size of DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE. Add helper function which makes sure this size is not exceeded. Renamed DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE to __DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE to emphasize that it should be used by devlink only. The driver should use the helper function instead to verify it doesn't exceed the allowed length. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-10-10 16:09:27 +03:00

devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00

devlink: avoid param type value translations Assign DEVLINK_PARAM_TYPE_* enum values to DEVLINK_VAR_ATTR_TYPE_* to ensure the same values are used internally and in UAPI. Benefit from that by removing the value translations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250505114513.53370-4-jiri@resnulli.us Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-05-05 13:45:12 +02:00

devlink: Add support for u64 parameters Only 8, 16 and 32-bit integers are supported for numeric devlink parameters. The subsequent patch adds support for DPLL clock ID that is defined as 64-bit number. Add support for u64 parameter type. Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250704182202.1641943-4-ivecera@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-07-04 20:21:53 +02:00

devlink: avoid param type value translations Assign DEVLINK_PARAM_TYPE_* enum values to DEVLINK_VAR_ATTR_TYPE_* to ensure the same values are used internally and in UAPI. Benefit from that by removing the value translations. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250505114513.53370-4-jiri@resnulli.us Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-05-05 13:45:12 +02:00

devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00

devlink: Add support for u64 parameters Only 8, 16 and 32-bit integers are supported for numeric devlink parameters. The subsequent patch adds support for DPLL clock ID that is defined as 64-bit number. Add support for u64 parameter type. Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250704182202.1641943-4-ivecera@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-07-04 20:21:53 +02:00

devlink: Add helper function for safely copy string param Devlink string param buffer is allocated at the size of DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE. Add helper function which makes sure this size is not exceeded. Renamed DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE to __DEVLINK_PARAM_MAX_STRING_VALUE to emphasize that it should be used by devlink only. The driver should use the helper function instead to verify it doesn't exceed the allowed length. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-10-10 16:09:27 +03:00

devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00

devlink: collect flash notify params into a struct The dev flash status notify function parameter lists are getting rather long, so add a struct to be filled and passed rather than continuously changing the function signatures. Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-17 18:13:24 -07:00

devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00

2023-07-13 21:51:22 -07:00

devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00

devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00

devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00

devlink: extend devlink_param *set pointer Extend devlink_param *set function pointer to take extack as a param. Sometimes it is needed to pass information to the end user from set function. It is more proper to use for that netlink instead of passing message to dmesg. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Przemek Kitszel <przemyslaw.kitszel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Mateusz Polchlopek <mateusz.polchlopek@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>

2024-04-19 04:08:49 -04:00

devlink: Add param set command Add param set command to set value for a parameter. Value can be set to any of the supported configuration modes. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:30 +03:00

devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00

devlink: make sure driver does not read updated driverinit param before reload The driverinit param purpose is to serve the driver during init/reload time to provide a value, either default or set by user. Make sure that driver does not read value updated by user before the reload is performed. Hold the new value in a separate struct and switch it during reload. Note that this is required to be eventually possible to call devl_param_driverinit_value_get() without holding instance lock. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-02-10 11:01:26 +01:00

devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00

devlink: Add generic parameters internal_err_reset and max_macs Add 2 first generic parameters to devlink configuration parameters set: internal_err_reset - When set enables reset device on internal errors. max_macs - max number of MACs per ETH port. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:33 +03:00

devlink: Add enable_sriov boolean generic parameter enable_sriov - Enables Single-Root Input/Output Virtualization(SR-IOV) characteristic of the device. Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:36 +03:00

devlink: Add generic parameters region_snapshot region_snapshot - When set enables capturing region snapshots Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-12 15:13:17 +03:00

devlink: Add generic parameter ignore_ari ignore_ari - Device ignores ARI(Alternate Routing ID) capability, even when platforms has the support and creates same number of partitions when platform does not support ARI capability. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-10-04 11:13:44 +05:30

devlink: Add generic parameter msix_vec_per_pf_max msix_vec_per_pf_max - This param sets the number of MSIX vectors that the device requests from the host on driver initialization. This value is set in the device which is applicable per PF. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-10-04 11:13:45 +05:30

devlink: Add generic parameter msix_vec_per_pf_min msix_vec_per_pf_min - This param sets the number of minimal MSIX vectors required for the device initialization. This value is set in the device which limits MSIX vectors per PF. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-10-04 11:13:46 +05:30

devlink: Add 'fw_load_policy' generic parameter Many drivers load the device's firmware image during the initialization flow either from the flash or from the disk. Currently this option is not controlled by the user and the driver decides from where to load the firmware image. 'fw_load_policy' gives the ability to control this option which allows the user to choose between different loading policies supported by the driver. This parameter can be useful while testing and/or debugging the device. For example, testing a firmware bug fix. Signed-off-by: Shalom Toledo <shalomt@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-12-03 07:58:59 +00:00

devlink: add 'reset_dev_on_drv_probe' param Add the 'reset_dev_on_drv_probe' devlink parameter, controlling the device reset policy on driver probe. This parameter is useful in conjunction with the existing 'fw_load_policy' parameter. Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-09-09 00:54:18 +01:00

devlink: Add new "enable_roce" generic device param New device parameter to enable/disable handling of RoCE traffic in the device. Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>

2019-11-08 23:45:20 +00:00

devlink: Add enable_remote_dev_reset generic parameter The enable_remote_dev_reset devlink param flags that the host admin allows device resets that can be initiated by other hosts. This parameter is useful for setups where a device is shared by different hosts, such as multi-host setup. Once the user set this parameter to false, the driver should NACK any attempt to reset the device while the driver is loaded. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-10-07 09:00:53 +03:00

devlink: Add new "enable_eth" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to enable/disable creation of Ethernet auxiliary device and associated device functionality in the devlink instance. User who prefers to disable such functionality can disable it using below example. $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name enable_eth value false cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 At this point devlink instance do not create auxiliary device for the Ethernet functionality. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-08-10 16:24:15 +03:00

devlink: Add new "enable_rdma" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to enable/disable creation of RDMA auxiliary device and associated device functionality in the devlink instance. User who prefers to disable such functionality can disable it using below example. $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name enable_rdma value false cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 At this point devlink instance do not create auxiliary device for the RDMA functionality. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-08-10 16:24:16 +03:00

devlink: Add new "enable_vnet" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to enable/disable creation of VDPA net auxiliary device and associated device functionality in the devlink instance. User who prefers to disable such functionality can disable it using below example. $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name enable_vnet value false cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 At this point devlink instance do not create auxiliary device for the VDPA net functionality. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-08-10 16:24:17 +03:00

devlink: Add 'enable_iwarp' generic device param Add a new device generic parameter to enable and disable iWARP functionality on a multi-protocol RDMA device. Signed-off-by: Shiraz Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com> Tested-by: Leszek Kaliszczuk <leszek.kaliszczuk@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>

2021-10-18 18:16:01 -05:00

devlink: Add new "io_eq_size" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to determine the size of the I/O completion EQs. For example, to reduce I/O EQ size to 64, execute: $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name io_eq_size value 64 cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2021-12-09 12:09:24 +02:00

devlink: Add new "event_eq_size" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to determine the size of the asynchronous control events EQ. For example, to reduce event EQ size to 64, execute: $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name event_eq_size value 64 cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2021-12-09 12:09:26 +02:00

devlink: Add new "enable_phc" generic device param Add a new device generic parameter to enable/disable the PHC (PTP Hardware Clock) functionality in the device associated with the devlink instance. Signed-off-by: David Arinzon <darinzon@amazon.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250617110545.5659-6-darinzon@amazon.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-06-17 14:05:41 +03:00

devlink: Add new "clock_id" generic device param Add a new device generic parameter to specify clock ID that should be used by the device for registering DPLL devices and pins. Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250704182202.1641943-5-ivecera@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-07-04 20:21:54 +02:00

devlink: Add 'total_vfs' generic device param NICs are typically configured with total_vfs=0, forcing users to rely on external tools to enable SR-IOV (a widely used and essential feature). Add total_vfs parameter to devlink for SR-IOV max VF configurability. Enables standard kernel tools to manage SR-IOV, addressing the need for flexible VF configuration. Signed-off-by: Vlad Dumitrescu <vdumitrescu@nvidia.com> Tested-by: Kamal Heib <kheib@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms@kernel.org> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250907012953.301746-2-saeed@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-09-06 18:29:43 -07:00

devlink: Add a 'num_doorbells' driverinit param This parameter can be used by drivers to configure a different number of doorbells. Signed-off-by: Cosmin Ratiu <cratiu@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Dragos Tatulea <dtatulea@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-09-16 17:11:43 +03:00

devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00

devlink: Add generic parameters internal_err_reset and max_macs Add 2 first generic parameters to devlink configuration parameters set: internal_err_reset - When set enables reset device on internal errors. max_macs - max number of MACs per ETH port. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:33 +03:00

devlink: Add enable_sriov boolean generic parameter enable_sriov - Enables Single-Root Input/Output Virtualization(SR-IOV) characteristic of the device. Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:36 +03:00

devlink: Add generic parameters region_snapshot region_snapshot - When set enables capturing region snapshots Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-12 15:13:17 +03:00

devlink: Add generic parameter ignore_ari ignore_ari - Device ignores ARI(Alternate Routing ID) capability, even when platforms has the support and creates same number of partitions when platform does not support ARI capability. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-10-04 11:13:44 +05:30

devlink: Add generic parameter msix_vec_per_pf_max msix_vec_per_pf_max - This param sets the number of MSIX vectors that the device requests from the host on driver initialization. This value is set in the device which is applicable per PF. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-10-04 11:13:45 +05:30

devlink: Add generic parameter msix_vec_per_pf_min msix_vec_per_pf_min - This param sets the number of minimal MSIX vectors required for the device initialization. This value is set in the device which limits MSIX vectors per PF. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-10-04 11:13:46 +05:30

devlink: Add 'fw_load_policy' generic parameter Many drivers load the device's firmware image during the initialization flow either from the flash or from the disk. Currently this option is not controlled by the user and the driver decides from where to load the firmware image. 'fw_load_policy' gives the ability to control this option which allows the user to choose between different loading policies supported by the driver. This parameter can be useful while testing and/or debugging the device. For example, testing a firmware bug fix. Signed-off-by: Shalom Toledo <shalomt@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-12-03 07:58:59 +00:00

devlink: add 'reset_dev_on_drv_probe' param Add the 'reset_dev_on_drv_probe' devlink parameter, controlling the device reset policy on driver probe. This parameter is useful in conjunction with the existing 'fw_load_policy' parameter. Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-09-09 00:54:18 +01:00

devlink: Add new "enable_roce" generic device param New device parameter to enable/disable handling of RoCE traffic in the device. Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>

2019-11-08 23:45:20 +00:00

devlink: Add enable_remote_dev_reset generic parameter The enable_remote_dev_reset devlink param flags that the host admin allows device resets that can be initiated by other hosts. This parameter is useful for setups where a device is shared by different hosts, such as multi-host setup. Once the user set this parameter to false, the driver should NACK any attempt to reset the device while the driver is loaded. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-10-07 09:00:53 +03:00

devlink: Add new "enable_eth" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to enable/disable creation of Ethernet auxiliary device and associated device functionality in the devlink instance. User who prefers to disable such functionality can disable it using below example. $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name enable_eth value false cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 At this point devlink instance do not create auxiliary device for the Ethernet functionality. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-08-10 16:24:15 +03:00

devlink: Add new "enable_rdma" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to enable/disable creation of RDMA auxiliary device and associated device functionality in the devlink instance. User who prefers to disable such functionality can disable it using below example. $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name enable_rdma value false cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 At this point devlink instance do not create auxiliary device for the RDMA functionality. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-08-10 16:24:16 +03:00

devlink: Add new "enable_vnet" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to enable/disable creation of VDPA net auxiliary device and associated device functionality in the devlink instance. User who prefers to disable such functionality can disable it using below example. $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name enable_vnet value false cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 At this point devlink instance do not create auxiliary device for the VDPA net functionality. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-08-10 16:24:17 +03:00

devlink: Add 'enable_iwarp' generic device param Add a new device generic parameter to enable and disable iWARP functionality on a multi-protocol RDMA device. Signed-off-by: Shiraz Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com> Tested-by: Leszek Kaliszczuk <leszek.kaliszczuk@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>

2021-10-18 18:16:01 -05:00

devlink: Add new "io_eq_size" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to determine the size of the I/O completion EQs. For example, to reduce I/O EQ size to 64, execute: $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name io_eq_size value 64 cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2021-12-09 12:09:24 +02:00

devlink: Add new "event_eq_size" generic device param Add new device generic parameter to determine the size of the asynchronous control events EQ. For example, to reduce event EQ size to 64, execute: $ devlink dev param set pci/0000:06:00.0 \ name event_eq_size value 64 cmode driverinit $ devlink dev reload pci/0000:06:00.0 Signed-off-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2021-12-09 12:09:26 +02:00

devlink: Add new "enable_phc" generic device param Add a new device generic parameter to enable/disable the PHC (PTP Hardware Clock) functionality in the device associated with the devlink instance. Signed-off-by: David Arinzon <darinzon@amazon.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250617110545.5659-6-darinzon@amazon.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-06-17 14:05:41 +03:00

devlink: Add new "clock_id" generic device param Add a new device generic parameter to specify clock ID that should be used by the device for registering DPLL devices and pins. Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250704182202.1641943-5-ivecera@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-07-04 20:21:54 +02:00

devlink: Add 'total_vfs' generic device param NICs are typically configured with total_vfs=0, forcing users to rely on external tools to enable SR-IOV (a widely used and essential feature). Add total_vfs parameter to devlink for SR-IOV max VF configurability. Enables standard kernel tools to manage SR-IOV, addressing the need for flexible VF configuration. Signed-off-by: Vlad Dumitrescu <vdumitrescu@nvidia.com> Tested-by: Kamal Heib <kheib@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms@kernel.org> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250907012953.301746-2-saeed@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-09-06 18:29:43 -07:00

devlink: Add a 'num_doorbells' driverinit param This parameter can be used by drivers to configure a different number of doorbells. Signed-off-by: Cosmin Ratiu <cratiu@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Dragos Tatulea <dtatulea@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-09-16 17:11:43 +03:00

devlink: Add generic parameters internal_err_reset and max_macs Add 2 first generic parameters to devlink configuration parameters set: internal_err_reset - When set enables reset device on internal errors. max_macs - max number of MACs per ETH port. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:33 +03:00

devlink: add a new info version tag Add definition and documentation for the new generic info "board.part_number". The new one is for part number specific use, and board.id is modified to match the documentation in devlink-info. Signed-off-by: Fei Qin <fei.qin@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2024-04-10 13:26:35 +02:00

devlink: add generic info version names Add defines and docs for generic info versions. v3: - add docs; - separate patch (Jiri). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-01-31 10:50:42 -08:00

devlink: add a generic board.manufacture version name At Jiri's suggestion add a generic "board.manufacture" version identifier. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-10 19:35:29 -08:00

devlink: add a new info version tag Add definition and documentation for the new generic info "board.part_number". The new one is for part number specific use, and board.id is modified to match the documentation in devlink-info. Signed-off-by: Fei Qin <fei.qin@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: Louis Peens <louis.peens@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2024-04-10 13:26:35 +02:00

devlink: add generic info version names Add defines and docs for generic info versions. v3: - add docs; - separate patch (Jiri). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-01-31 10:50:42 -08:00

devlink: Add new info version tags for ASIC and FW The current tag set is still rather small and needs a couple more tags to help with ASIC identification and to have a more generic FW version. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-09-03 15:28:03 -07:00

devlink: add generic info version names Add defines and docs for generic info versions. v3: - add docs; - separate patch (Jiri). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-01-31 10:50:42 -08:00

devlink: Add macro for "fw.mgmt.api" to info_get cb. Add definition and documentation for the new generic info "fw.mgmt.api". This macro specifies the version of the software interfaces between driver and firmware. Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-27 15:04:51 +05:30

devlink: add generic info version names Add defines and docs for generic info versions. v3: - add docs; - separate patch (Jiri). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-01-31 10:50:42 -08:00

devlink: add macro for "fw.psid" The "fw.psid" devlink info version is documented in devlink-info.rst, and used by one driver. However, there is no associated macro for this firmware version like there is for others. Add one now. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-09 14:46:09 -08:00

devlink: add macro for "fw.roce" Add definition and documentation for the new generic info "fw.roce". v2: Remove board.nvm_cfg since fw.psid is similar. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-27 04:56:25 -05:00

devlink: promote "fw.bundle_id" to a generic info version The nfp driver uses ``fw.bundle_id`` to represent a unique identifier of the entire firmware bundle. A future change is going to introduce a similar notion in the ice driver, so promote ``fw.bundle_id`` into a generic version now. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>

2020-03-11 18:58:16 -07:00

net: devlink: add DEVLINK_INFO_VERSION_GENERIC_FW_BOOTLOADER As discussed in [1], abbreviating the bootloader to "bl" might not be well understood. Instead, a bootloader technically being a firmware, name it "fw.bootloader". Add a new macro to devlink.h to formalize this new info attribute name and update the documentation. [1] https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20221128142723.2f826d20@kernel.org/ Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Vincent Mailhol <mailhol.vincent@wanadoo.fr> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20221130174658.29282-5-mailhol.vincent@wanadoo.fr Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>

2022-12-01 02:46:55 +09:00

devlink: add generic info version names Add defines and docs for generic info versions. v3: - add docs; - separate patch (Jiri). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-01-31 10:50:42 -08:00

devlink: convert flash_update to use params structure The devlink core recently gained support for checking whether the driver supports a flash_update parameter, via `supported_flash_update_params`. However, parameters are specified as function arguments. Adding a new parameter still requires modifying the signature of the .flash_update callback in all drivers. Convert the .flash_update function to take a new `struct devlink_flash_update_params` instead. By using this structure, and the `supported_flash_update_params` bit field, a new parameter to flash_update can be added without requiring modification to existing drivers. As before, all parameters except file_name will require driver opt-in. Because file_name is a necessary field to for the flash_update to make sense, no "SUPPORTED" bitflag is provided and it is always considered valid. All future additional parameters will require a new bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com> Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-25 13:46:06 -07:00

devlink: move request_firmware out of driver All drivers which implement the devlink flash update support, with the exception of netdevsim, use either request_firmware or request_firmware_direct to locate the firmware file. Rather than having each driver do this separately as part of its .flash_update implementation, perform the request_firmware within net/core/devlink.c Replace the file_name parameter in the struct devlink_flash_update_params with a pointer to the fw object. Use request_firmware rather than request_firmware_direct. Although most Linux distributions today do not have the fallback mechanism implemented, only about half the drivers used the _direct request, as compared to the generic request_firmware. In the event that a distribution does support the fallback mechanism, the devlink flash update ought to be able to use it to provide the firmware contents. For distributions which do not support the fallback userspace mechanism, there should be essentially no difference between request_firmware and request_firmware_direct. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> Acked-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-11-18 11:06:35 -08:00

devlink: convert flash_update to use params structure The devlink core recently gained support for checking whether the driver supports a flash_update parameter, via `supported_flash_update_params`. However, parameters are specified as function arguments. Adding a new parameter still requires modifying the signature of the .flash_update callback in all drivers. Convert the .flash_update function to take a new `struct devlink_flash_update_params` instead. By using this structure, and the `supported_flash_update_params` bit field, a new parameter to flash_update can be added without requiring modification to existing drivers. As before, all parameters except file_name will require driver opt-in. Because file_name is a necessary field to for the flash_update to make sense, no "SUPPORTED" bitflag is provided and it is always considered valid. All future additional parameters will require a new bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com> Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-25 13:46:06 -07:00

2023-07-13 21:51:22 -07:00

devlink: convert flash_update to use params structure The devlink core recently gained support for checking whether the driver supports a flash_update parameter, via `supported_flash_update_params`. However, parameters are specified as function arguments. Adding a new parameter still requires modifying the signature of the .flash_update callback in all drivers. Convert the .flash_update function to take a new `struct devlink_flash_update_params` instead. By using this structure, and the `supported_flash_update_params` bit field, a new parameter to flash_update can be added without requiring modification to existing drivers. As before, all parameters except file_name will require driver opt-in. Because file_name is a necessary field to for the flash_update to make sense, no "SUPPORTED" bitflag is provided and it is always considered valid. All future additional parameters will require a new bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com> Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-25 13:46:06 -07:00

devlink: move request_firmware out of driver All drivers which implement the devlink flash update support, with the exception of netdevsim, use either request_firmware or request_firmware_direct to locate the firmware file. Rather than having each driver do this separately as part of its .flash_update implementation, perform the request_firmware within net/core/devlink.c Replace the file_name parameter in the struct devlink_flash_update_params with a pointer to the fw object. Use request_firmware rather than request_firmware_direct. Although most Linux distributions today do not have the fallback mechanism implemented, only about half the drivers used the _direct request, as compared to the generic request_firmware. In the event that a distribution does support the fallback mechanism, the devlink flash update ought to be able to use it to provide the firmware contents. For distributions which do not support the fallback userspace mechanism, there should be essentially no difference between request_firmware and request_firmware_direct. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> Acked-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-11-18 11:06:35 -08:00

devlink: convert flash_update to use params structure The devlink core recently gained support for checking whether the driver supports a flash_update parameter, via `supported_flash_update_params`. However, parameters are specified as function arguments. Adding a new parameter still requires modifying the signature of the .flash_update callback in all drivers. Convert the .flash_update function to take a new `struct devlink_flash_update_params` instead. By using this structure, and the `supported_flash_update_params` bit field, a new parameter to flash_update can be added without requiring modification to existing drivers. As before, all parameters except file_name will require driver opt-in. Because file_name is a necessary field to for the flash_update to make sense, no "SUPPORTED" bitflag is provided and it is always considered valid. All future additional parameters will require a new bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com> Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-25 13:46:06 -07:00

devlink: move request_firmware out of driver All drivers which implement the devlink flash update support, with the exception of netdevsim, use either request_firmware or request_firmware_direct to locate the firmware file. Rather than having each driver do this separately as part of its .flash_update implementation, perform the request_firmware within net/core/devlink.c Replace the file_name parameter in the struct devlink_flash_update_params with a pointer to the fw object. Use request_firmware rather than request_firmware_direct. Although most Linux distributions today do not have the fallback mechanism implemented, only about half the drivers used the _direct request, as compared to the generic request_firmware. In the event that a distribution does support the fallback mechanism, the devlink flash update ought to be able to use it to provide the firmware contents. For distributions which do not support the fallback userspace mechanism, there should be essentially no difference between request_firmware and request_firmware_direct. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> Acked-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-11-18 11:06:35 -08:00

devlink: convert flash_update to use params structure The devlink core recently gained support for checking whether the driver supports a flash_update parameter, via `supported_flash_update_params`. However, parameters are specified as function arguments. Adding a new parameter still requires modifying the signature of the .flash_update callback in all drivers. Convert the .flash_update function to take a new `struct devlink_flash_update_params` instead. By using this structure, and the `supported_flash_update_params` bit field, a new parameter to flash_update can be added without requiring modification to existing drivers. As before, all parameters except file_name will require driver opt-in. Because file_name is a necessary field to for the flash_update to make sense, no "SUPPORTED" bitflag is provided and it is always considered valid. All future additional parameters will require a new bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com> Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-25 13:46:06 -07:00

devlink: introduce flash update overwrite mask Sections of device flash may contain settings or device identifying information. When performing a flash update, it is generally expected that these settings and identifiers are not overwritten. However, it may sometimes be useful to allow overwriting these fields when performing a flash update. Some examples include, 1) customizing the initial device config on first programming, such as overwriting default device identifying information, or 2) reverting a device configuration to known good state provided in the new firmware image, or 3) in case it is suspected that current firmware logic for managing the preservation of fields during an update is broken. Although some devices are able to completely separate these types of settings and fields into separate components, this is not true for all hardware. To support controlling this behavior, a new DEVLINK_ATTR_FLASH_UPDATE_OVERWRITE_MASK is defined. This is an nla_bitfield32 which will define what subset of fields in a component should be overwritten during an update. If no bits are specified, or of the overwrite mask is not provided, then an update should not overwrite anything, and should maintain the settings and identifiers as they are in the previous image. If the overwrite mask has the DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_SETTINGS bit set, then the device should be configured to overwrite any of the settings in the requested component with settings found in the provided image. Similarly, if the DEVLINK_FLASH_OVERWRITE_IDENTIFIERS bit is set, the device should be configured to overwrite any device identifiers in the requested component with the identifiers from the image. Multiple overwrite modes may be combined to indicate that a combination of the set of fields that should be overwritten. Drivers which support the new overwrite mask must set the DEVLINK_SUPPORT_FLASH_UPDATE_OVERWRITE_MASK in the supported_flash_update_params field of their devlink_ops. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-25 13:46:07 -07:00

devlink: convert flash_update to use params structure The devlink core recently gained support for checking whether the driver supports a flash_update parameter, via `supported_flash_update_params`. However, parameters are specified as function arguments. Adding a new parameter still requires modifying the signature of the .flash_update callback in all drivers. Convert the .flash_update function to take a new `struct devlink_flash_update_params` instead. By using this structure, and the `supported_flash_update_params` bit field, a new parameter to flash_update can be added without requiring modification to existing drivers. As before, all parameters except file_name will require driver opt-in. Because file_name is a necessary field to for the flash_update to make sense, no "SUPPORTED" bitflag is provided and it is always considered valid. All future additional parameters will require a new bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com> Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-25 13:46:06 -07:00

net: devlink: limit flash component name to match version returned by info_get() Limit the acceptance of component name passed to cmd_flash_update() to match one of the versions returned by info_get(), marked by version type. This makes things clearer and enforces 1:1 mapping between exposed version and accepted flash component. Check VERSION_TYPE_COMPONENT version type during cmd_flash_update() execution by calling info_get() with different "req" context. That causes info_get() to lookup the component name instead of filling-up the netlink message. Remove "UPDATE_COMPONENT" flag which becomes used. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-08-24 14:20:11 +02:00

devlink: check flash_update parameter support in net core When implementing .flash_update, drivers which do not support per-component update are manually checking the component parameter to verify that it is NULL. Without this check, the driver might accept an update request with a component specified even though it will not honor such a request. Instead of having each driver check this, move the logic into net/core/devlink.c, and use a new `supported_flash_update_params` field in the devlink_ops. Drivers which will support per-component update must now specify this by setting DEVLINK_SUPPORT_FLASH_UPDATE_COMPONENT in the supported_flash_update_params in their devlink_ops. This helps ensure that drivers do not forget to check for a NULL component if they do not support per-component update. This also enables a slightly better error message by enabling the core stack to set the netlink bad attribute message to indicate precisely the unsupported attribute in the message. Going forward, any new additional parameter to flash update will require a bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com> Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Cc: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-25 13:46:05 -07:00

devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00

Revert "Merge branch 'mlxsw-line-card-model'" This reverts commit 5e927a9f4b9f29d78a7c7d66ea717bb5c8bbad8e, reversing changes made to cfc1d91a7d78cf9de25b043d81efcc16966d55b3. The discussion is still ongoing so let's remove the uAPI until the discussion settles. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20220425090021.32e9a98f@kernel.org/ Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220504154037.539442-1-kuba@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-05-04 08:40:37 -07:00

devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00

devlink: prepare to support region operations Modify the devlink region code in preparation for adding new operations on regions. Create a devlink_region_ops structure, and move the name pointer from within the devlink_region structure into the ops structure (similar to the devlink_health_reporter_ops). This prepares the regions to enable support of additional operations in the future such as requesting snapshots, or accessing the region directly without a snapshot. In order to re-use the constant strings in the mlx4 driver their declaration must be changed to 'const char * const' to ensure the compiler realizes that both the data and the pointer cannot change. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-26 11:37:08 -07:00

devlink: convert snapshot destructor callback to region op It does not makes sense that two snapshots for a given region would use different destructors. Simplify snapshot creation by adding a .destructor op for regions. This operation will replace the data_destructor for the snapshot creation, and makes snapshot creation easier. Noticed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-26 11:37:09 -07:00

devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00

devlink: support directly reading from region memory To read from a region, user space must currently request a new snapshot of the region and then read from that snapshot. This can sometimes be overkill if user space only reads a tiny portion. They first create the snapshot, then request a read, then destroy the snapshot. For regions which have a single underlying "contents", it makes sense to allow supporting direct reading of the region data. Extend the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ to allow direct reading from a region if requested via the new DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_DIRECT. If this attribute is set, then perform a direct read instead of using a snapshot. Direct read is mutually exclusive with DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID, and care is taken to ensure that we reject commands which provide incorrect attributes. Regions must enable support for direct read by implementing the .read() callback function. If a region does not support such direct reads, a suitable extended error message is reported. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-28 12:36:44 -08:00

net: devlink: regions: Add a priv member to the regions ops struct The driver may have multiple regions which can be dumped using one function. However, for this to work, additional information is needed. Add a priv member to the ops structure for the driver to use however it likes. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-18 21:11:01 +02:00

devlink: prepare to support region operations Modify the devlink region code in preparation for adding new operations on regions. Create a devlink_region_ops structure, and move the name pointer from within the devlink_region structure into the ops structure (similar to the devlink_health_reporter_ops). This prepares the regions to enable support of additional operations in the future such as requesting snapshots, or accessing the region directly without a snapshot. In order to re-use the constant strings in the mlx4 driver their declaration must be changed to 'const char * const' to ensure the compiler realizes that both the data and the pointer cannot change. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-26 11:37:08 -07:00

devlink: convert snapshot destructor callback to region op It does not makes sense that two snapshots for a given region would use different destructors. Simplify snapshot creation by adding a .destructor op for regions. This operation will replace the data_destructor for the snapshot creation, and makes snapshot creation easier. Noticed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-26 11:37:09 -07:00

net: devlink: region: Pass the region ops to the snapshot function Pass the region to be snapshotted to the function performing the snapshot. This allows one function to operate on numerous regions. v4: Add missing kerneldoc for ICE Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-18 21:11:02 +02:00

devlink: implement DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW Implement support for the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW command for creating snapshots. This new command parallels the existing DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL. In order for DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW to work for a region, the new ".snapshot" operation must be implemented in the region's ops structure. The desired snapshot id must be provided. This helps avoid confusion on the purpose of DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_NEW, and keeps the API simpler. The requested id will be inserted into the xarray tracking the number of snapshots using each id. If this id is already used by another snapshot on any region, an error will be returned. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-26 11:37:16 -07:00

devlink: support directly reading from region memory To read from a region, user space must currently request a new snapshot of the region and then read from that snapshot. This can sometimes be overkill if user space only reads a tiny portion. They first create the snapshot, then request a read, then destroy the snapshot. For regions which have a single underlying "contents", it makes sense to allow supporting direct reading of the region data. Extend the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ to allow direct reading from a region if requested via the new DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_DIRECT. If this attribute is set, then perform a direct read instead of using a snapshot. Direct read is mutually exclusive with DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID, and care is taken to ensure that we reject commands which provide incorrect attributes. Regions must enable support for direct read by implementing the .read() callback function. If a region does not support such direct reads, a suitable extended error message is reported. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-28 12:36:44 -08:00

net: devlink: regions: Add a priv member to the regions ops struct The driver may have multiple regions which can be dumped using one function. However, for this to work, additional information is needed. Add a priv member to the ops structure for the driver to use however it likes. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-18 21:11:01 +02:00

devlink: prepare to support region operations Modify the devlink region code in preparation for adding new operations on regions. Create a devlink_region_ops structure, and move the name pointer from within the devlink_region structure into the ops structure (similar to the devlink_health_reporter_ops). This prepares the regions to enable support of additional operations in the future such as requesting snapshots, or accessing the region directly without a snapshot. In order to re-use the constant strings in the mlx4 driver their declaration must be changed to 'const char * const' to ensure the compiler realizes that both the data and the pointer cannot change. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-26 11:37:08 -07:00

net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00

devlink: support directly reading from region memory To read from a region, user space must currently request a new snapshot of the region and then read from that snapshot. This can sometimes be overkill if user space only reads a tiny portion. They first create the snapshot, then request a read, then destroy the snapshot. For regions which have a single underlying "contents", it makes sense to allow supporting direct reading of the region data. Extend the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ to allow direct reading from a region if requested via the new DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_DIRECT. If this attribute is set, then perform a direct read instead of using a snapshot. Direct read is mutually exclusive with DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID, and care is taken to ensure that we reject commands which provide incorrect attributes. Regions must enable support for direct read by implementing the .read() callback function. If a region does not support such direct reads, a suitable extended error message is reported. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-28 12:36:44 -08:00

net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00

devlink: support directly reading from region memory To read from a region, user space must currently request a new snapshot of the region and then read from that snapshot. This can sometimes be overkill if user space only reads a tiny portion. They first create the snapshot, then request a read, then destroy the snapshot. For regions which have a single underlying "contents", it makes sense to allow supporting direct reading of the region data. Extend the DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_READ to allow direct reading from a region if requested via the new DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_DIRECT. If this attribute is set, then perform a direct read instead of using a snapshot. Direct read is mutually exclusive with DEVLINK_ATTR_REGION_SNAPSHOT_ID, and care is taken to ensure that we reject commands which provide incorrect attributes. Regions must enable support for direct read by implementing the .read() callback function. If a region does not support such direct reads, a suitable extended error message is reported. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-28 12:36:44 -08:00

net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00

devlink: Add devlink formatted message (fmsg) API Devlink fmsg is a mechanism to pass descriptors between drivers and devlink, in json-like format. The API allows the driver to add nested attributes such as object, object pair and value array, in addition to attributes such as name and value. Driver can use this API to fill the fmsg context in a format which will be translated by the devlink to the netlink message later. There is no memory allocation in advance (other than the initial list head), and it dynamically allocates messages descriptors and add them to the list on the fly. When it needs to send the data using SKBs to the netlink layer, it fragments the data between different SKBs. In order to do this fragmentation, it uses virtual nests attributes, to avoid actual nesting use which cannot be divided between different SKBs. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:32 +02:00

devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00

devlink: Add support for direct reporter health state update It is possible that a reporter state will be updated due to a recover flow which is not triggered by a devlink health related operation, but as a side effect of some other operation in the system. Expose devlink health API for a direct update of a reporter status. Move devlink_health_reporter_state enum definition to devlink.h so it could be used from drivers as a parameter of devlink_health_reporter_state_update. In addition, add trace_devlink_health_reporter_state_update to provide user notification for reporter state change. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-03-03 10:57:30 +02:00

devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00

devlink: introduce the health reporter test command Introduce a test command for health reporters. User might use this command to trigger test event on a reporter if the reporter supports it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-15 11:40:57 +03:00

devlink: Move graceful period parameter to reporter ops Move the default graceful period from a parameter to devlink_health_reporter_create() to a field in the devlink_health_reporter_ops structure. This change improves consistency, as the graceful period is inherently tied to the reporter's behavior and recovery policy. It simplifies the signature of devlink_health_reporter_create() and its internal helper functions. It also centralizes the reporter configuration at the ops structure, preparing the groundwork for a downstream patch that will introduce a devlink health reporter burst period attribute whose default value will similarly be provided by the driver via the ops structure. Signed-off-by: Shahar Shitrit <shshitrit@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250824084354.533182-2-mbloch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-08-24 11:43:50 +03:00

devlink: Introduce burst period for health reporter Currently, the devlink health reporter starts the grace period immediately after handling an error, blocking any further recoveries until it finished. However, when a single root cause triggers multiple errors in a short time frame, it is desirable to treat them as a bulk of errors and to allow their recoveries, avoiding premature blocking of subsequent related errors, and reducing the risk of inconsistent or incomplete error handling. To address this, introduce a configurable burst period for devlink health reporter. Start this period when the first error is handled, and allow recovery attempts for reported errors during this window. Once burst period expires, begin the grace period to block further recoveries until it concludes. Timeline summary: ----|--------|------------------------------/----------------------/-- error is error is burst period grace period reported recovered (recoveries allowed) (recoveries blocked) For calculating the burst period duration, use the same last_recovery_ts as the grace period. Update it on recovery only when the burst period is inactive (either disabled or at the first error). This patch implements the framework for the burst period and effectively sets its value to 0 at reporter creation, so the current behavior remains unchanged, which ensures backward compatibility. A downstream patch will make the burst period configurable. Signed-off-by: Shahar Shitrit <shshitrit@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250824084354.533182-4-mbloch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-08-24 11:43:52 +03:00

devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00

devlink: propagate extack down to health reporter ops During health reporter operations, driver might want to fill-up the extack message, so propagate extack down to the health reporter ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-10-10 15:18:49 +02:00

devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00

devlink: propagate extack down to health reporter ops During health reporter operations, driver might want to fill-up the extack message, so propagate extack down to the health reporter ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-10-10 15:18:49 +02:00

devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00

devlink: propagate extack down to health reporter ops During health reporter operations, driver might want to fill-up the extack message, so propagate extack down to the health reporter ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-10-10 15:18:49 +02:00

devlink: introduce the health reporter test command Introduce a test command for health reporters. User might use this command to trigger test event on a reporter if the reporter supports it. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-15 11:40:57 +03:00

devlink: Move graceful period parameter to reporter ops Move the default graceful period from a parameter to devlink_health_reporter_create() to a field in the devlink_health_reporter_ops structure. This change improves consistency, as the graceful period is inherently tied to the reporter's behavior and recovery policy. It simplifies the signature of devlink_health_reporter_create() and its internal helper functions. It also centralizes the reporter configuration at the ops structure, preparing the groundwork for a downstream patch that will introduce a devlink health reporter burst period attribute whose default value will similarly be provided by the driver via the ops structure. Signed-off-by: Shahar Shitrit <shshitrit@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250824084354.533182-2-mbloch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-08-24 11:43:50 +03:00

devlink: Introduce burst period for health reporter Currently, the devlink health reporter starts the grace period immediately after handling an error, blocking any further recoveries until it finished. However, when a single root cause triggers multiple errors in a short time frame, it is desirable to treat them as a bulk of errors and to allow their recoveries, avoiding premature blocking of subsequent related errors, and reducing the risk of inconsistent or incomplete error handling. To address this, introduce a configurable burst period for devlink health reporter. Start this period when the first error is handled, and allow recovery attempts for reported errors during this window. Once burst period expires, begin the grace period to block further recoveries until it concludes. Timeline summary: ----|--------|------------------------------/----------------------/-- error is error is burst period grace period reported recovered (recoveries allowed) (recoveries blocked) For calculating the burst period duration, use the same last_recovery_ts as the grace period. Update it on recovery only when the burst period is inactive (either disabled or at the first error). This patch implements the framework for the burst period and effectively sets its value to 0 at reporter creation, so the current behavior remains unchanged, which ensures backward compatibility. A downstream patch will make the burst period configurable. Signed-off-by: Shahar Shitrit <shshitrit@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250824084354.533182-4-mbloch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-08-24 11:43:52 +03:00

devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00

devlink: Add devlink formatted message (fmsg) API Devlink fmsg is a mechanism to pass descriptors between drivers and devlink, in json-like format. The API allows the driver to add nested attributes such as object, object pair and value array, in addition to attributes such as name and value. Driver can use this API to fill the fmsg context in a format which will be translated by the devlink to the netlink message later. There is no memory allocation in advance (other than the initial list head), and it dynamically allocates messages descriptors and add them to the list on the fly. When it needs to send the data using SKBs to the netlink layer, it fragments the data between different SKBs. In order to do this fragmentation, it uses virtual nests attributes, to avoid actual nesting use which cannot be divided between different SKBs. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:32 +02:00

devlink: Add a tracepoint for trap reports Add a tracepoint for trap reports so that drop monitor could register its probe on it. Use trace_devlink_trap_report_enabled() to avoid wasting cycles setting the trap metadata if the tracepoint is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-29 11:15:50 +03:00

drop_monitor: add net device refcount tracker We want to track all dev_hold()/dev_put() to ease leak hunting. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-12-04 20:22:02 -08:00

devlink: Add a tracepoint for trap reports Add a tracepoint for trap reports so that drop monitor could register its probe on it. Use trace_devlink_trap_report_enabled() to avoid wasting cycles setting the trap metadata if the tracepoint is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-29 11:15:50 +03:00

drop_monitor: Filter control packets in drop monitor Previously, devlink called into drop monitor in order to report hardware originated drops / exceptions. devlink intentionally filtered control packets and did not pass them to drop monitor as they were not dropped by the underlying hardware. Now drop monitor registers its probe on a generic 'devlink_trap_report' tracepoint and should therefore perform this filtering itself instead of having devlink do that. Add the trap type as metadata and have drop monitor ignore control packets. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-29 11:15:55 +03:00

devlink: Add a tracepoint for trap reports Add a tracepoint for trap reports so that drop monitor could register its probe on it. Use trace_devlink_trap_report_enabled() to avoid wasting cycles setting the trap metadata if the tracepoint is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-29 11:15:50 +03:00

drop_monitor: add net device refcount tracker We want to track all dev_hold()/dev_put() to ease leak hunting. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-12-04 20:22:02 -08:00

devlink: Add a tracepoint for trap reports Add a tracepoint for trap reports so that drop monitor could register its probe on it. Use trace_devlink_trap_report_enabled() to avoid wasting cycles setting the trap metadata if the tracepoint is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-29 11:15:50 +03:00

drop_monitor: add net device refcount tracker We want to track all dev_hold()/dev_put() to ease leak hunting. Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-12-04 20:22:02 -08:00

devlink: Add a tracepoint for trap reports Add a tracepoint for trap reports so that drop monitor could register its probe on it. Use trace_devlink_trap_report_enabled() to avoid wasting cycles setting the trap metadata if the tracepoint is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-29 11:15:50 +03:00

drop_monitor: Filter control packets in drop monitor Previously, devlink called into drop monitor in order to report hardware originated drops / exceptions. devlink intentionally filtered control packets and did not pass them to drop monitor as they were not dropped by the underlying hardware. Now drop monitor registers its probe on a generic 'devlink_trap_report' tracepoint and should therefore perform this filtering itself instead of having devlink do that. Add the trap type as metadata and have drop monitor ignore control packets. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-29 11:15:55 +03:00

devlink: Add a tracepoint for trap reports Add a tracepoint for trap reports so that drop monitor could register its probe on it. Use trace_devlink_trap_report_enabled() to avoid wasting cycles setting the trap metadata if the tracepoint is not enabled. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-29 11:15:50 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap group parameters support Packet trap groups are used to aggregate logically related packet traps. Currently, these groups allow user space to batch operations such as setting the trap action of all member traps. In order to prevent the CPU from being overwhelmed by too many trapped packets, it is desirable to bind a packet trap policer to these groups. For example, to limit all the packets that encountered an exception during routing to 10Kpps. Allow device drivers to bind default packet trap policers to packet trap groups when the latter are registered with devlink. The next patch will enable user space to change this default binding. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-30 22:38:21 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap group parameters support Packet trap groups are used to aggregate logically related packet traps. Currently, these groups allow user space to batch operations such as setting the trap action of all member traps. In order to prevent the CPU from being overwhelmed by too many trapped packets, it is desirable to bind a packet trap policer to these groups. For example, to limit all the packets that encountered an exception during routing to 10Kpps. Allow device drivers to bind default packet trap policers to packet trap groups when the latter are registered with devlink. The next patch will enable user space to change this default binding. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-30 22:38:21 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: add trap metadata type for cookie Allow driver to indicate cookie metadata for registered traps. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-02-25 11:45:19 +01:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Only pass packet trap group identifier in trap structure Packet trap groups are now explicitly registered by drivers and not implicitly registered when the packet traps are registered. Therefore, there is no need to encode entire group structure the trap is associated with inside the trap structure. Instead, only pass the group identifier. Refer to it as initial group identifier, as future patches will allow user space to move traps between groups. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-22 20:48:30 +02:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Only pass packet trap group identifier in trap structure Packet trap groups are now explicitly registered by drivers and not implicitly registered when the packet traps are registered. Therefore, there is no need to encode entire group structure the trap is associated with inside the trap structure. Instead, only pass the group identifier. Refer to it as initial group identifier, as future patches will allow user space to move traps between groups. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-22 20:48:30 +02:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

Documentation: Add devlink-trap documentation Add initial documentation of the devlink-trap mechanism, explaining the background, motivation and the semantics of the interface. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:19 +03:00

devlink: move devlink documentation to subfolder Combine the documentation for devlink into a subfolder, and provide an index.rst file that can be used to generally describe devlink. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-09 14:46:10 -08:00

Documentation: Add devlink-trap documentation Add initial documentation of the devlink-trap mechanism, explaining the background, motivation and the semantics of the interface. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:19 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Add generic packet traps and groups Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as well as exceptions such as TTL error. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:18 +03:00

devlink: Add layer 3 generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during layer 3 forwarding. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-11-07 18:42:09 +02:00

devlink: Add layer 3 generic packet exception traps Add layer 3 generic packet exception traps that can report trapped packets and documentation of the traps. Unlike drop traps, these exception traps also need to inject the packet to the kernel's receive path. For example, a packet that was trapped due to unreachable neighbour need to be injected into the kernel so that it will trigger an ARP request or a neighbour solicitation message. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-11-07 18:42:14 +02:00

devlink: Add non-routable packet trap Add packet trap that can report packets that reached the router, but are non-routable. For example, IGMP queries can be flooded by the device in layer 2 and reach the router. Such packets should not be routed and instead dropped. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-19 15:00:48 +02:00

devlink: Add tunnel generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during tunnel decapsulation. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-19 15:00:54 +02:00

devlink: Add overlay source MAC is multicast trap Add packet trap that can report NVE packets that the device decided to drop because their overlay source MAC is multicast. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-19 15:00:58 +02:00

devlink: add ACL generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during ACL processing. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-02-24 08:35:47 +01:00

devlink: Add layer 2 control packet traps Add layer 2 control packet traps such as STP and IGMP query, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:41 +03:00

devlink: Add layer 3 control packet traps Add layer 3 control packet traps such as ARP and DHCP, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:42 +03:00

devlink: Add ACL control packet traps Add packet traps for packets that are sampled / trapped by ACLs, so that capable drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:43 +03:00

devlink: Add early_drop trap Add the packet trap that can report packets that were ECN marked due to RED AQM. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-08-03 19:11:33 +03:00

devlink: add parser error drop packet traps Add parser error drop packet traps, so that capable device driver could register them with devlink. The new packet trap group holds any drops of packets which were marked by the device as erroneous during header parsing. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-10-01 18:11:45 +03:00

devlink: Add blackhole_nexthop trap Add a packet trap to report packets that were dropped due to a blackhole nexthop. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-11-23 09:12:28 +02:00

devlink: Add DMAC filter generic packet trap Add packet trap that can report packets that were dropped due to destination MAC filtering. Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-01-26 15:24:06 -08:00

devlink: Add packet traps for 802.1X operation Add packet traps for 802.1X operation. The "eapol" control trap is used to trap EAPOL packets and is required for the correct operation of the control plane. The "locked_port" drop trap can be enabled to gain visibility into packets that were dropped by the device due to the locked bridge port check. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-08 11:47:10 +01:00

devlink: Add generic packet traps and groups Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as well as exceptions such as TTL error. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:18 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

Documentation: Add devlink-trap documentation Add initial documentation of the devlink-trap mechanism, explaining the background, motivation and the semantics of the interface. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:19 +03:00

devlink: move devlink documentation to subfolder Combine the documentation for devlink into a subfolder, and provide an index.rst file that can be used to generally describe devlink. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-09 14:46:10 -08:00

Documentation: Add devlink-trap documentation Add initial documentation of the devlink-trap mechanism, explaining the background, motivation and the semantics of the interface. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:19 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Add generic packet traps and groups Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as well as exceptions such as TTL error. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:18 +03:00

devlink: Create dedicated trap group for layer 3 exceptions Packets that hit exceptions during layer 3 forwarding must be trapped to the CPU for the control plane to function properly. Create a dedicated group for them, so that user space could choose to assign a different policer for them. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:36 +03:00

devlink: Add generic packet traps and groups Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as well as exceptions such as TTL error. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:18 +03:00

devlink: Add tunnel generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during tunnel decapsulation. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-19 15:00:54 +02:00

devlink: add ACL generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during ACL processing. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-02-24 08:35:47 +01:00

devlink: Add layer 2 control packet traps Add layer 2 control packet traps such as STP and IGMP query, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:41 +03:00

devlink: Add layer 3 control packet traps Add layer 3 control packet traps such as ARP and DHCP, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:42 +03:00

mlxsw: spectrum: Use different trap group for externally routed packets Cited commit mistakenly removed the trap group for externally routed packets (e.g., via the management interface) and grouped locally routed and externally routed packet traps under the same group, thereby subjecting them to the same policer. This can result in problems, for example, when FRR is restarted and suddenly all transient traffic is trapped to the CPU because of a default route through the management interface. Locally routed packets required to re-establish a BGP connection will never reach the CPU and the routing tables will not be re-populated. Fix this by using a different trap group for externally routed packets. Fixes: 8110668ecd9a ("mlxsw: spectrum_trap: Register layer 3 control traps") Reported-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com> Tested-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-29 12:26:44 +03:00

devlink: Add layer 3 control packet traps Add layer 3 control packet traps such as ARP and DHCP, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:42 +03:00

devlink: Add ACL control packet traps Add packet traps for packets that are sampled / trapped by ACLs, so that capable drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:43 +03:00

devlink: add parser error drop packet traps Add parser error drop packet traps, so that capable device driver could register them with devlink. The new packet trap group holds any drops of packets which were marked by the device as erroneous during header parsing. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-10-01 18:11:45 +03:00

devlink: Add packet traps for 802.1X operation Add packet traps for 802.1X operation. The "eapol" control trap is used to trap EAPOL packets and is required for the correct operation of the control plane. The "locked_port" drop trap can be enabled to gain visibility into packets that were dropped by the device due to the locked bridge port check. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-08 11:47:10 +01:00

devlink: Add generic packet traps and groups Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as well as exceptions such as TTL error. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:18 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Add generic packet traps and groups Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as well as exceptions such as TTL error. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:18 +03:00

devlink: Add layer 3 generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during layer 3 forwarding. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-11-07 18:42:09 +02:00

devlink: Add layer 3 generic packet exception traps Add layer 3 generic packet exception traps that can report trapped packets and documentation of the traps. Unlike drop traps, these exception traps also need to inject the packet to the kernel's receive path. For example, a packet that was trapped due to unreachable neighbour need to be injected into the kernel so that it will trigger an ARP request or a neighbour solicitation message. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-11-07 18:42:14 +02:00

devlink: Add non-routable packet trap Add packet trap that can report packets that reached the router, but are non-routable. For example, IGMP queries can be flooded by the device in layer 2 and reach the router. Such packets should not be routed and instead dropped. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-19 15:00:48 +02:00

devlink: Add tunnel generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during tunnel decapsulation. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-19 15:00:54 +02:00

devlink: Add overlay source MAC is multicast trap Add packet trap that can report NVE packets that the device decided to drop because their overlay source MAC is multicast. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-19 15:00:58 +02:00

devlink: add ACL generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during ACL processing. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-02-24 08:35:47 +01:00

devlink: Add layer 2 control packet traps Add layer 2 control packet traps such as STP and IGMP query, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:41 +03:00

devlink: Add layer 3 control packet traps Add layer 3 control packet traps such as ARP and DHCP, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:42 +03:00

devlink: Add ACL control packet traps Add packet traps for packets that are sampled / trapped by ACLs, so that capable drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:43 +03:00

devlink: Add early_drop trap Add the packet trap that can report packets that were ECN marked due to RED AQM. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-08-03 19:11:33 +03:00

devlink: add parser error drop packet traps Add parser error drop packet traps, so that capable device driver could register them with devlink. The new packet trap group holds any drops of packets which were marked by the device as erroneous during header parsing. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-10-01 18:11:45 +03:00

devlink: Add blackhole_nexthop trap Add a packet trap to report packets that were dropped due to a blackhole nexthop. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-11-23 09:12:28 +02:00

devlink: Add DMAC filter generic packet trap Add packet trap that can report packets that were dropped due to destination MAC filtering. Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-01-26 15:24:06 -08:00

devlink: Fix dmac_filter trap name, align to its documentation %s/dest_mac_filter/dmac_filter/g Fixes: e78ab164591f ("devlink: Add DMAC filter generic packet trap") Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@nvidia.com> Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-02-09 12:59:55 +02:00

devlink: Add packet traps for 802.1X operation Add packet traps for 802.1X operation. The "eapol" control trap is used to trap EAPOL packets and is required for the correct operation of the control plane. The "locked_port" drop trap can be enabled to gain visibility into packets that were dropped by the device due to the locked bridge port check. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-08 11:47:10 +01:00

devlink: Add generic packet traps and groups Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as well as exceptions such as TTL error. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:18 +03:00

devlink: Create dedicated trap group for layer 3 exceptions Packets that hit exceptions during layer 3 forwarding must be trapped to the CPU for the control plane to function properly. Create a dedicated group for them, so that user space could choose to assign a different policer for them. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:36 +03:00

devlink: Add generic packet traps and groups Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as well as exceptions such as TTL error. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:18 +03:00

devlink: Add tunnel generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during tunnel decapsulation. Signed-off-by: Amit Cohen <amitc@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-19 15:00:54 +02:00

devlink: add ACL generic packet traps Add packet traps that can report packets that were dropped during ACL processing. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-02-24 08:35:47 +01:00

devlink: Add layer 2 control packet traps Add layer 2 control packet traps such as STP and IGMP query, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:41 +03:00

devlink: Add layer 3 control packet traps Add layer 3 control packet traps such as ARP and DHCP, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:42 +03:00

mlxsw: spectrum: Use different trap group for externally routed packets Cited commit mistakenly removed the trap group for externally routed packets (e.g., via the management interface) and grouped locally routed and externally routed packet traps under the same group, thereby subjecting them to the same policer. This can result in problems, for example, when FRR is restarted and suddenly all transient traffic is trapped to the CPU because of a default route through the management interface. Locally routed packets required to re-establish a BGP connection will never reach the CPU and the routing tables will not be re-populated. Fix this by using a different trap group for externally routed packets. Fixes: 8110668ecd9a ("mlxsw: spectrum_trap: Register layer 3 control traps") Reported-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com> Tested-by: Alex Veber <alexve@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-29 12:26:44 +03:00

devlink: Add layer 3 control packet traps Add layer 3 control packet traps such as ARP and DHCP, so that capable device drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:42 +03:00

devlink: Add ACL control packet traps Add packet traps for packets that are sampled / trapped by ACLs, so that capable drivers could register them with devlink. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-05-29 21:36:43 +03:00

devlink: add parser error drop packet traps Add parser error drop packet traps, so that capable device driver could register them with devlink. The new packet trap group holds any drops of packets which were marked by the device as erroneous during header parsing. Add documentation for every added packet trap and packet trap group. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-10-01 18:11:45 +03:00

devlink: Add packet traps for 802.1X operation Add packet traps for 802.1X operation. The "eapol" control trap is used to trap EAPOL packets and is required for the correct operation of the control plane. The "locked_port" drop trap can be enabled to gain visibility into packets that were dropped by the device due to the locked bridge port check. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-08 11:47:10 +01:00

devlink: Add generic packet traps and groups Add generic packet traps and groups that can report dropped packets as well as exceptions such as TTL error. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:18 +03:00

devlink: Only pass packet trap group identifier in trap structure Packet trap groups are now explicitly registered by drivers and not implicitly registered when the packet traps are registered. Therefore, there is no need to encode entire group structure the trap is associated with inside the trap structure. Instead, only pass the group identifier. Refer to it as initial group identifier, as future patches will allow user space to move traps between groups. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-22 20:48:30 +02:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Only pass packet trap group identifier in trap structure Packet trap groups are now explicitly registered by drivers and not implicitly registered when the packet traps are registered. Therefore, there is no need to encode entire group structure the trap is associated with inside the trap structure. Instead, only pass the group identifier. Refer to it as initial group identifier, as future patches will allow user space to move traps between groups. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-22 20:48:30 +02:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Only pass packet trap group identifier in trap structure Packet trap groups are now explicitly registered by drivers and not implicitly registered when the packet traps are registered. Therefore, there is no need to encode entire group structure the trap is associated with inside the trap structure. Instead, only pass the group identifier. Refer to it as initial group identifier, as future patches will allow user space to move traps between groups. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-22 20:48:30 +02:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Only pass packet trap group identifier in trap structure Packet trap groups are now explicitly registered by drivers and not implicitly registered when the packet traps are registered. Therefore, there is no need to encode entire group structure the trap is associated with inside the trap structure. Instead, only pass the group identifier. Refer to it as initial group identifier, as future patches will allow user space to move traps between groups. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-22 20:48:30 +02:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap group parameters support Packet trap groups are used to aggregate logically related packet traps. Currently, these groups allow user space to batch operations such as setting the trap action of all member traps. In order to prevent the CPU from being overwhelmed by too many trapped packets, it is desirable to bind a packet trap policer to these groups. For example, to limit all the packets that encountered an exception during routing to 10Kpps. Allow device drivers to bind default packet trap policers to packet trap groups when the latter are registered with devlink. The next patch will enable user space to change this default binding. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-30 22:38:21 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap group parameters support Packet trap groups are used to aggregate logically related packet traps. Currently, these groups allow user space to batch operations such as setting the trap action of all member traps. In order to prevent the CPU from being overwhelmed by too many trapped packets, it is desirable to bind a packet trap policer to these groups. For example, to limit all the packets that encountered an exception during routing to 10Kpps. Allow device drivers to bind default packet trap policers to packet trap groups when the latter are registered with devlink. The next patch will enable user space to change this default binding. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-30 22:38:21 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00

devlink: add devlink_fmsg_put() macro Add devlink_fmsg_put() that dispatches based on the type of the value to put, example: bool -> devlink_fmsg_bool_pair_put(). Reviewed-by: Wojciech Drewek <wojciech.drewek@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Mateusz Polchlopek <mateusz.polchlopek@intel.com> Tested-by: Pucha Himasekhar Reddy <himasekharx.reddy.pucha@intel.com> (A Contingent worker at Intel) Signed-off-by: Przemek Kitszel <przemyslaw.kitszel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>

2024-12-16 15:15:31 +01:00

devlink: add devlink_fmsg_dump_skb() function Add devlink_fmsg_dump_skb() function that adds some diagnostic information about skb (like length, pkt type, MAC, etc) to devlink fmsg mechanism using bunch of devlink_fmsg_put() function calls. Signed-off-by: Mateusz Polchlopek <mateusz.polchlopek@intel.com> Tested-by: Pucha Himasekhar Reddy <himasekharx.reddy.pucha@intel.com> (A Contingent worker at Intel) Signed-off-by: Przemek Kitszel <przemyslaw.kitszel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>

2024-12-16 15:15:32 +01:00

devlink: add devlink_fmsg_put() macro Add devlink_fmsg_put() that dispatches based on the type of the value to put, example: bool -> devlink_fmsg_bool_pair_put(). Reviewed-by: Wojciech Drewek <wojciech.drewek@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <horms@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Mateusz Polchlopek <mateusz.polchlopek@intel.com> Tested-by: Pucha Himasekhar Reddy <himasekharx.reddy.pucha@intel.com> (A Contingent worker at Intel) Signed-off-by: Przemek Kitszel <przemyslaw.kitszel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>

2024-12-16 15:15:31 +01:00

devlink: Allow control devlink ops behavior through feature mask Introduce new devlink call to set feature mask to control devlink behavior during device initialization phase after devlink_alloc() is already called. This allows us to set reload ops based on device property which is not known at the beginning of driver initialization. For the sake of simplicity, this API lacks any type of locking and needs to be called before devlink_register() to make sure that no parallel access to the ops is possible at this stage. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-10-12 16:15:24 +03:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

devlink: check flash_update parameter support in net core When implementing .flash_update, drivers which do not support per-component update are manually checking the component parameter to verify that it is NULL. Without this check, the driver might accept an update request with a component specified even though it will not honor such a request. Instead of having each driver check this, move the logic into net/core/devlink.c, and use a new `supported_flash_update_params` field in the devlink_ops. Drivers which will support per-component update must now specify this by setting DEVLINK_SUPPORT_FLASH_UPDATE_COMPONENT in the supported_flash_update_params in their devlink_ops. This helps ensure that drivers do not forget to check for a NULL component if they do not support per-component update. This also enables a slightly better error message by enabling the core stack to set the netlink bad attribute message to indicate precisely the unsupported attribute in the message. Going forward, any new additional parameter to flash update will require a bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com> Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Cc: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-25 13:46:05 -07:00

devlink: Spelling corrections Make some minor spelling corrections in comments. Found by inspection. Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230526-devlink-spelling-v1-1-9a3e36cdebc8@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 15:45:13 +02:00

devlink: check flash_update parameter support in net core When implementing .flash_update, drivers which do not support per-component update are manually checking the component parameter to verify that it is NULL. Without this check, the driver might accept an update request with a component specified even though it will not honor such a request. Instead of having each driver check this, move the logic into net/core/devlink.c, and use a new `supported_flash_update_params` field in the devlink_ops. Drivers which will support per-component update must now specify this by setting DEVLINK_SUPPORT_FLASH_UPDATE_COMPONENT in the supported_flash_update_params in their devlink_ops. This helps ensure that drivers do not forget to check for a NULL component if they do not support per-component update. This also enables a slightly better error message by enabling the core stack to set the netlink bad attribute message to indicate precisely the unsupported attribute in the message. Going forward, any new additional parameter to flash update will require a bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com> Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Cc: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-25 13:46:05 -07:00

devlink: Add reload action option to devlink reload command Add devlink reload action to allow the user to request a specific reload action. The action parameter is optional, if not specified then devlink driver re-init action is used (backward compatible). Note that when required to do firmware activation some drivers may need to reload the driver. On the other hand some drivers may need to reset the firmware to reinitialize the driver entities. Therefore, the devlink reload command returns the actions which were actually performed. Reload actions supported are: driver_reinit: driver entities re-initialization, applying devlink-param and devlink-resource values. fw_activate: firmware activate. command examples: $devlink dev reload pci/0000:82:00.0 action driver_reinit reload_actions_performed: driver_reinit $devlink dev reload pci/0000:82:00.0 action fw_activate reload_actions_performed: driver_reinit fw_activate Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-10-07 09:00:43 +03:00

devlink: Add devlink reload limit option Add reload limit to demand restrictions on reload actions. Reload limits supported: no_reset: No reset allowed, no down time allowed, no link flap and no configuration is lost. By default reload limit is unspecified and so no constraints on reload actions are required. Some combinations of action and limit are invalid. For example, driver can not reinitialize its entities without any downtime. The no_reset reload limit will have usecase in this patchset to implement restricted fw_activate on mlx5. Have the uapi parameter of reload limit ready for future support of multiselection. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-10-07 09:00:44 +03:00

net: devlink: allow to change namespaces during reload All devlink instances are created in init_net and stay there for a lifetime. Allow user to be able to move devlink instances into namespaces during devlink reload operation. That ensures proper re-instantiation of driver objects, including netdevices. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-10-03 11:49:39 +02:00

devlink: Add devlink reload limit option Add reload limit to demand restrictions on reload actions. Reload limits supported: no_reset: No reset allowed, no down time allowed, no link flap and no configuration is lost. By default reload limit is unspecified and so no constraints on reload actions are required. Some combinations of action and limit are invalid. For example, driver can not reinitialize its entities without any downtime. The no_reset reload limit will have usecase in this patchset to implement restricted fw_activate on mlx5. Have the uapi parameter of reload limit ready for future support of multiselection. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-10-07 09:00:44 +03:00

devlink: Add reload action option to devlink reload command Add devlink reload action to allow the user to request a specific reload action. The action parameter is optional, if not specified then devlink driver re-init action is used (backward compatible). Note that when required to do firmware activation some drivers may need to reload the driver. On the other hand some drivers may need to reset the firmware to reinitialize the driver entities. Therefore, the devlink reload command returns the actions which were actually performed. Reload actions supported are: driver_reinit: driver entities re-initialization, applying devlink-param and devlink-resource values. fw_activate: firmware activate. command examples: $devlink dev reload pci/0000:82:00.0 action driver_reinit reload_actions_performed: driver_reinit $devlink dev reload pci/0000:82:00.0 action fw_activate reload_actions_performed: driver_reinit fw_activate Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-10-07 09:00:43 +03:00

devlink: Add devlink reload limit option Add reload limit to demand restrictions on reload actions. Reload limits supported: no_reset: No reset allowed, no down time allowed, no link flap and no configuration is lost. By default reload limit is unspecified and so no constraints on reload actions are required. Some combinations of action and limit are invalid. For example, driver can not reinitialize its entities without any downtime. The no_reset reload limit will have usecase in this patchset to implement restricted fw_activate on mlx5. Have the uapi parameter of reload limit ready for future support of multiselection. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-10-07 09:00:44 +03:00

devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00

net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00

devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00

net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00

devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00

net: devlink: Add extack to shared buffer operations Add extack to shared buffer set operations, so that meaningful error messages could be propagated to the user. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-04-22 12:08:39 +00:00

devlink: implement shared buffer occupancy monitoring interface User needs to monitor shared buffer occupancy. For that, he issues a snapshot command in order to instruct hardware to catch current and maximal occupancy values, and clear command in order to clear the historical maximal values. Also port-pool and tc-pool-bind command response messages are extended to carry occupancy values. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-04-14 18:19:14 +02:00

net/devlink: Add E-Switch mode control Add the commands to set and show the mode of SRIOV E-Switch, two modes are supported: * legacy: operating in the "old" L2 based mode (DMAC --> VF vport) * switchdev: the E-Switch is referred to as whitebox switch configured using standard tools such as tc, bridge, openvswitch etc. To allow working with the tools, for each VF, a VF representor netdevice is created by the E-Switch manager vendor device driver instance (e.g PF). Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-07-01 14:51:01 +03:00

devlink: Add extack for eswitch operations Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations. Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>

2018-08-15 16:02:18 +03:00

devlink: Add E-Switch inline mode control Some HWs need the VF driver to put part of the packet headers on the TX descriptor so the e-switch can do proper matching and steering. The supported modes: none, link, network, transport. Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-11-22 23:09:57 +02:00

devlink: Add extack for eswitch operations Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations. Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>

2018-08-15 16:02:18 +03:00

net/mlx5: Declare more strictly devlink encap mode Devlink has UAPI declaration for encap mode, so there is no need to be loose on the data get/set by drivers. Update call sites to use enum devlink_eswitch_encap_mode instead of plain u8. Suggested-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Vorel <pvorel@suse.cz>

2019-06-12 15:20:11 +03:00

devlink: Add extack for eswitch operations Add extack argument to the eswitch related operations. Signed-off-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>

2018-08-15 16:02:18 +03:00

devlink: add device information API ethtool -i has served us well for a long time, but its showing its limitations more and more. The device information should also be reported per device not per-netdev. Lay foundation for a simple devlink-based way of reading device info. Add driver name and device serial number as initial pieces of information exposed via this new API. v3: - rename helpers (Jiri); - rename driver name attr (Jiri); - remove double spacing in commit message (Jiri). RFC v2: - wrap the skb into an opaque structure (Jiri); - allow the serial number of be any length (Jiri & Andrew); - add driver name (Jonathan). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-01-31 10:50:40 -08:00

devlink: check flash_update parameter support in net core When implementing .flash_update, drivers which do not support per-component update are manually checking the component parameter to verify that it is NULL. Without this check, the driver might accept an update request with a component specified even though it will not honor such a request. Instead of having each driver check this, move the logic into net/core/devlink.c, and use a new `supported_flash_update_params` field in the devlink_ops. Drivers which will support per-component update must now specify this by setting DEVLINK_SUPPORT_FLASH_UPDATE_COMPONENT in the supported_flash_update_params in their devlink_ops. This helps ensure that drivers do not forget to check for a NULL component if they do not support per-component update. This also enables a slightly better error message by enabling the core stack to set the netlink bad attribute message to indicate precisely the unsupported attribute in the message. Going forward, any new additional parameter to flash update will require a bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com> Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Cc: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-25 13:46:05 -07:00

devlink: convert flash_update to use params structure The devlink core recently gained support for checking whether the driver supports a flash_update parameter, via `supported_flash_update_params`. However, parameters are specified as function arguments. Adding a new parameter still requires modifying the signature of the .flash_update callback in all drivers. Convert the .flash_update function to take a new `struct devlink_flash_update_params` instead. By using this structure, and the `supported_flash_update_params` bit field, a new parameter to flash_update can be added without requiring modification to existing drivers. As before, all parameters except file_name will require driver opt-in. Because file_name is a necessary field to for the flash_update to make sense, no "SUPPORTED" bitflag is provided and it is always considered valid. All future additional parameters will require a new bit in the supported_flash_update_params bitfield. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> Cc: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Cc: Bin Luo <luobin9@huawei.com> Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Cc: Danielle Ratson <danieller@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-25 13:46:06 -07:00

devlink: add flash update command Add devlink flash update command. Advanced NICs have firmware stored in flash and often cryptographically secured. Updating that flash is handled by management firmware. Ethtool has a flash update command which served us well, however, it has two shortcomings: - it takes rtnl_lock unnecessarily - really flash update has nothing to do with networking, so using a networking device as a handle is suboptimal, which leads us to the second one: - it requires a functioning netdev - in case device enters an error state and can't spawn a netdev (e.g. communication with the device fails) there is no netdev to use as a handle for flashing. Devlink already has the ability to report the firmware versions, now with the ability to update the firmware/flash we will be able to recover devices in bad state. To enable updates of sub-components of the FW allow passing component name. This name should correspond to one of the versions reported in devlink info. v1: - replace target id with component name (Jiri). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-14 13:40:44 -08:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Pass extack when setting trap's action and group's parameters A later patch will refuse to set the action of certain traps in mlxsw and also to change the policer binding of certain groups. Pass extack so that failure could be communicated clearly to user space. Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-08-03 19:11:34 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: Allow setting of packet trap group parameters The previous patch allowed device drivers to publish their default binding between packet trap policers and packet trap groups. However, some users might not be content with this binding and would like to change it. In case user space passed a packet trap policer identifier when setting a packet trap group, invoke the appropriate device driver callback and pass the new policer identifier. v2: * Check for presence of 'DEVLINK_ATTR_TRAP_POLICER_ID' in devlink_trap_group_set() and bail if not present * Add extack error message in case trap group was partially modified Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-30 22:38:22 +03:00

devlink: Pass extack when setting trap's action and group's parameters A later patch will refuse to set the action of certain traps in mlxsw and also to change the policer binding of certain groups. Pass extack so that failure could be communicated clearly to user space. Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-08-03 19:11:34 +03:00

devlink: add .trap_group_action_set() callback Add a new devlink callback, .trap_group_action_set(), which can be used by device drivers which do not support controlling the action (drop, trap) on each trap but rather on the entire group trap. If this new callback is populated, it will take precedence over the .trap_action_set() callback when the user requests a change of all the traps in a group. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-10-01 18:11:46 +03:00

net: core: devlink: add dropped stats traps field Whenever query statistics is issued for trap, devlink subsystem would also fill-in statistics 'dropped' field. This field indicates the number of packets HW dropped and failed to report to the device driver, and thus - to the devlink subsystem itself. In case if device driver didn't register callback for hard drop statistics querying, 'dropped' field will be omitted and not filled. Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Mazur <oleksandr.mazur@plvision.eu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-14 16:01:12 +03:00

devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00

devlink: Support add and delete devlink port Extended devlink interface for the user to add and delete a port. Extend devlink to connect user requests to driver to add/delete a port in the device. Driver routines are invoked without holding devlink instance lock. This enables driver to perform several devlink objects registration, unregistration such as (port, health reporter, resource etc) by using existing devlink APIs. This also helps to uniformly use the code for port unregistration during driver unload and during port deletion initiated by user. Examples of add, show and delete commands: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6 Load module index Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link Created link configuration context. Using default interface naming scheme 'v245'. ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v245 ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp6s0f0npf0sf88 ID_NET_NAME_SLOT=ens2f0npf0sf88 Unload module index Unloaded link configuration context. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2020-12-11 22:12:14 -08:00

devlink: bring port new reply back In the offending fixes commit I mistakenly removed the reply message of the port new command. I was under impression it is a new port notification, partly due to the "notify" in the name of the helper function. Bring the code sending reply with new port message back, this time putting it directly to devlink_nl_cmd_port_new_doit() Fixes: c496daeb8630 ("devlink: remove duplicate port notification") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230531142025.2605001-1-jiri@resnulli.us Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-31 16:20:25 +02:00

devlink: Support add and delete devlink port Extended devlink interface for the user to add and delete a port. Extend devlink to connect user requests to driver to add/delete a port in the device. Driver routines are invoked without holding devlink instance lock. This enables driver to perform several devlink objects registration, unregistration such as (port, health reporter, resource etc) by using existing devlink APIs. This also helps to uniformly use the code for port unregistration during driver unload and during port deletion initiated by user. Examples of add, show and delete commands: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0000:06:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/65535: type eth netdev ens2f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false $ devlink port add pci/0000:06:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 88 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev eth6 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached $ udevadm test-builtin net_id /sys/class/net/eth6 Load module index Parsed configuration file /usr/lib/systemd/network/99-default.link Created link configuration context. Using default interface naming scheme 'v245'. ID_NET_NAMING_SCHEME=v245 ID_NET_NAME_PATH=enp6s0f0npf0sf88 ID_NET_NAME_SLOT=ens2f0npf0sf88 Unload module index Unloaded link configuration context. Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2020-12-11 22:12:14 -08:00

devlink: bring port new reply back In the offending fixes commit I mistakenly removed the reply message of the port new command. I was under impression it is a new port notification, partly due to the "notify" in the name of the helper function. Bring the code sending reply with new port message back, this time putting it directly to devlink_nl_cmd_port_new_doit() Fixes: c496daeb8630 ("devlink: remove duplicate port notification") Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230531142025.2605001-1-jiri@resnulli.us Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-31 16:20:25 +02:00

devlink: Allow setting tx rate for devlink rate leaf objects Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_SET command with new attributes DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_TX_{SHARE|MAX} that are used to set devlink rate shared/max tx rate values. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_leaf_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement rate control through devlink. New attributes are optional. Driver implementations are allowed to support either or both of them. Shared rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_share 10mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_share 10mbit Max rate example: $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/0 netdevsim/netdevsim10/0: type leaf tx_max 100mbit Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:22 +03:00

devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_priority' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_priority' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of strict priority arbiter among siblings. This arbitration scheme attempts to schedule nodes based on their priority as long as the nodes remain within their bandwidth limit. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of strict priority. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-15 11:48:15 +01:00

devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_weight' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_weight' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of Weighted Fair Queuing arbitration scheme among siblings. This arbitration scheme can be used simultaneously with the strict priority. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of Weighted Fair Queueing. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-15 11:48:16 +01:00

devlink: Extend devlink rate API with traffic classes bandwidth management Introduce support for specifying relative bandwidth shares between traffic classes (TC) in the devlink-rate API. This new option allows users to allocate bandwidth across multiple traffic classes in a single command. This feature provides a more granular control over traffic management, especially for scenarios requiring Enhanced Transmission Selection. Users can now define a relative bandwidth share for each traffic class. For example, assigning share values of 20 to TC0 (TCP/UDP) and 80 to TC5 (RoCE) will result in TC0 receiving 20% and TC5 receiving 80% of the total bandwidth. The actual percentage each class receives depends on the ratio of its share value to the sum of all shares. Example: DEV=pci/0000:08:00.0 $ devlink port function rate add $DEV/vfs_group tx_share 10Gbit \ tx_max 50Gbit tc-bw 0:20 1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:80 6:0 7:0 $ devlink port function rate set $DEV/vfs_group \ tc-bw 0:20 1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:20 6:60 7:0 Example usage with ynl: ./tools/net/ynl/cli.py --spec Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml \ --do rate-set --json '{ "bus-name": "pci", "dev-name": "0000:08:00.0", "port-index": 1, "rate-tc-bws": [ {"rate-tc-index": 0, "rate-tc-bw": 50}, {"rate-tc-index": 1, "rate-tc-bw": 50}, {"rate-tc-index": 2, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 3, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 4, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 5, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 6, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 7, "rate-tc-bw": 0} ] }' ./tools/net/ynl/cli.py --spec Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml \ --do rate-get --json '{ "bus-name": "pci", "dev-name": "0000:08:00.0", "port-index": 1 }' output for rate-get: {'bus-name': 'pci', 'dev-name': '0000:08:00.0', 'port-index': 1, 'rate-tc-bws': [{'rate-tc-bw': 50, 'rate-tc-index': 0}, {'rate-tc-bw': 50, 'rate-tc-index': 1}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 2}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 3}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 4}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 5}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 6}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 7}], 'rate-tx-max': 0, 'rate-tx-priority': 0, 'rate-tx-share': 0, 'rate-tx-weight': 0, 'rate-type': 'leaf'} Signed-off-by: Carolina Jubran <cjubran@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Cosmin Ratiu <cratiu@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250629142138.361537-3-mbloch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-06-29 17:21:32 +03:00

devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00

devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_priority' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_priority' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of strict priority arbiter among siblings. This arbitration scheme attempts to schedule nodes based on their priority as long as the nodes remain within their bandwidth limit. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of strict priority. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-15 11:48:15 +01:00

devlink: Introduce new attribute 'tx_weight' to devlink-rate To fully utilize offload capabilities of Intel 100G card QoS capabilities new attribute 'tx_weight' needs to be introduced. This attribute allows for usage of Weighted Fair Queuing arbitration scheme among siblings. This arbitration scheme can be used simultaneously with the strict priority. Introduce new attribute in devlink-rate that will allow for configuration of Weighted Fair Queueing. New attribute is optional. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-15 11:48:16 +01:00

devlink: Extend devlink rate API with traffic classes bandwidth management Introduce support for specifying relative bandwidth shares between traffic classes (TC) in the devlink-rate API. This new option allows users to allocate bandwidth across multiple traffic classes in a single command. This feature provides a more granular control over traffic management, especially for scenarios requiring Enhanced Transmission Selection. Users can now define a relative bandwidth share for each traffic class. For example, assigning share values of 20 to TC0 (TCP/UDP) and 80 to TC5 (RoCE) will result in TC0 receiving 20% and TC5 receiving 80% of the total bandwidth. The actual percentage each class receives depends on the ratio of its share value to the sum of all shares. Example: DEV=pci/0000:08:00.0 $ devlink port function rate add $DEV/vfs_group tx_share 10Gbit \ tx_max 50Gbit tc-bw 0:20 1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:80 6:0 7:0 $ devlink port function rate set $DEV/vfs_group \ tc-bw 0:20 1:0 2:0 3:0 4:0 5:20 6:60 7:0 Example usage with ynl: ./tools/net/ynl/cli.py --spec Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml \ --do rate-set --json '{ "bus-name": "pci", "dev-name": "0000:08:00.0", "port-index": 1, "rate-tc-bws": [ {"rate-tc-index": 0, "rate-tc-bw": 50}, {"rate-tc-index": 1, "rate-tc-bw": 50}, {"rate-tc-index": 2, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 3, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 4, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 5, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 6, "rate-tc-bw": 0}, {"rate-tc-index": 7, "rate-tc-bw": 0} ] }' ./tools/net/ynl/cli.py --spec Documentation/netlink/specs/devlink.yaml \ --do rate-get --json '{ "bus-name": "pci", "dev-name": "0000:08:00.0", "port-index": 1 }' output for rate-get: {'bus-name': 'pci', 'dev-name': '0000:08:00.0', 'port-index': 1, 'rate-tc-bws': [{'rate-tc-bw': 50, 'rate-tc-index': 0}, {'rate-tc-bw': 50, 'rate-tc-index': 1}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 2}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 3}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 4}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 5}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 6}, {'rate-tc-bw': 0, 'rate-tc-index': 7}], 'rate-tx-max': 0, 'rate-tx-priority': 0, 'rate-tx-share': 0, 'rate-tx-weight': 0, 'rate-type': 'leaf'} Signed-off-by: Carolina Jubran <cjubran@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Cosmin Ratiu <cratiu@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250629142138.361537-3-mbloch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-06-29 17:21:32 +03:00

devlink: Introduce rate nodes Implement support for DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{NEW|DEL} commands that are used to create and delete devlink rate nodes. Add new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_NODE_NAME that specify node name string. The node name is an alphanumeric identifier. No valid node name can be a devlink port index, eg. decimal number. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_node_{new|del}() and rate_node_tx_{share|max}_set() to allow supporting drivers to implement ports rate grouping and setting tx rate of rate nodes through devlink. Expose devlink_rate_nodes_destroy() function to allow vendor driver do proper cleanup of internally allocated resources for the nodes if the driver goes down or due to any other reasons which requires nodes to be destroyed. Disallow moving device from switchdev to legacy mode if any node exists on that device. User must explicitly delete nodes before switching mode. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit Add + set command can be combined: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 \ tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node tx_share 10mbit tx_max 100mbit $ devlink port function rate del netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:25 +03:00

devlink: Allow setting parent node of rate objects Refactor DEVLINK_CMD_RATE_{GET|SET} command handlers to support setting a node as a parent for another rate object (leaf or node) by means of new attribute DEVLINK_ATTR_RATE_PARENT_NODE_NAME. Extend devlink ops with new callbacks rate_{leaf|node}_parent_set() to set node as a parent for rate object to allow supporting drivers to implement rate grouping through devlink. Driver implementations are allowed to support leafs or node children only. Invoking callback with NULL as parent should be threated by the driver as unset parent action. Extend rate object struct with reference counter to disallow deleting a node with any child pointing to it. User should unset parent for the child explicitly. Example: $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 $ devlink port function rate add netdevsim/netdevsim10/group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 parent group2 $ devlink port function rate show netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1: type node parent group2 $ devlink port function rate set netdevsim/netdevsim10/group1 noparent Co-developed-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Vlad Buslov <vladbu@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Dmytro Linkin <dlinkin@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-06-02 15:17:28 +03:00

devlink: introduce framework for selftests Add a framework for running selftests. Framework exposes devlink commands and test suite(s) to the user to execute and query the supported tests by the driver. Below are new entries in devlink_nl_ops devlink_nl_cmd_selftests_show_doit/dumpit: To query the supported selftests by the drivers. devlink_nl_cmd_selftests_run: To execute selftests. Users can provide a test mask for executing group tests or standalone tests. Documentation/networking/devlink/ path is already part of MAINTAINERS & the new files come under this path. Hence no update needed to the MAINTAINERS Signed-off-by: Vikas Gupta <vikas.gupta@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-27 22:27:20 +05:30

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

devlink: Reduce struct devlink exposure The declaration of struct devlink in general header provokes the situation where internal fields can be accidentally used by the driver authors. In order to reduce such possible situations, let's reduce the namespace exposure of struct devlink. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-10-12 16:15:21 +03:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00

netdevsim: convert driver to use unlocked devlink API during init/fini Prepare for devlink reload being called with devlink->lock held and convert the netdevsim driver to use unlocked devlink API during init and fini flows. Take devl_lock() in reload_down() and reload_up() ops in the meantime before reload cmd is converted to take the lock itself. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:40 +02:00

devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00

devlink: add devl guard Add devl guard for scoped_guard(). Example usage: scoped_guard(devl, priv_to_devlink(pf)) { err = init_devlink(pf); if (err) return err; } Co-developed-by: Przemek Kitszel <przemyslaw.kitszel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Przemek Kitszel <przemyslaw.kitszel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Konrad Knitter <konrad.knitter@intel.com> Tested-by: Pucha Himasekhar Reddy <himasekharx.reddy.pucha@intel.com> (A Contingent worker at Intel) Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>

2024-11-06 10:36:42 +01:00

devlink: expose instance locking and add locked port registering It should be familiar and beneficial to expose devlink instance lock to the drivers. This way drivers can block devlink from calling them during critical sections without breakneck locking. Add port helpers, port splitting callbacks will be the first target. Use 'devl_' prefix for "explicitly locked" API. Initial RFC used '__devlink' but that's too much typing. devl_lock_is_held() is not defined without lockdep, which is the same behavior as lockdep_is_held() itself. Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-03-14 23:00:04 -07:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

net: devlink: export devlink net getter Allow drivers to get net struct for devlink instance. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-10-03 11:49:31 +02:00

devlink: Allocate devlink directly in requested net namespace There is no need in extra call indirection and check from impossible flow where someone tries to set namespace without prior call to devlink_alloc(). Instead of this extra logic and additional EXPORT_SYMBOL, use specialized devlink allocation function that receives net namespace as an argument. Such specialized API allows clear view when devlink initialized in wrong net namespace and/or kernel users don't try to change devlink namespace under the hood. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-07-29 20:19:25 +03:00

devlink: Set device as early as possible All kernel devlink implementations call to devlink_alloc() during initialization routine for specific device which is used later as a parent device for devlink_register(). Such late device assignment causes to the situation which requires us to call to device_register() before setting other parameters, but that call opens devlink to the world and makes accessible for the netlink users. Any attempt to move devlink_register() to be the last call generates the following error due to access to the devlink->dev pointer. [ 8.758862] devlink_nl_param_fill+0x2e8/0xe50 [ 8.760305] devlink_param_notify+0x6d/0x180 [ 8.760435] __devlink_params_register+0x2f1/0x670 [ 8.760558] devlink_params_register+0x1e/0x20 The simple change of API to set devlink device in the devlink_alloc() instead of devlink_register() fixes all this above and ensures that prior to call to devlink_register() everything already set. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-08-08 21:57:43 +03:00

devlink: Allocate devlink directly in requested net namespace There is no need in extra call indirection and check from impossible flow where someone tries to set namespace without prior call to devlink_alloc(). Instead of this extra logic and additional EXPORT_SYMBOL, use specialized devlink allocation function that receives net namespace as an argument. Such specialized API allows clear view when devlink initialized in wrong net namespace and/or kernel users don't try to change devlink namespace under the hood. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-07-29 20:19:25 +03:00

devlink: Set device as early as possible All kernel devlink implementations call to devlink_alloc() during initialization routine for specific device which is used later as a parent device for devlink_register(). Such late device assignment causes to the situation which requires us to call to device_register() before setting other parameters, but that call opens devlink to the world and makes accessible for the netlink users. Any attempt to move devlink_register() to be the last call generates the following error due to access to the devlink->dev pointer. [ 8.758862] devlink_nl_param_fill+0x2e8/0xe50 [ 8.760305] devlink_param_notify+0x6d/0x180 [ 8.760435] __devlink_params_register+0x2f1/0x670 [ 8.760558] devlink_params_register+0x1e/0x20 The simple change of API to set devlink device in the devlink_alloc() instead of devlink_register() fixes all this above and ensures that prior to call to devlink_register() everything already set. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-08-08 21:57:43 +03:00

devlink: Allocate devlink directly in requested net namespace There is no need in extra call indirection and check from impossible flow where someone tries to set namespace without prior call to devlink_alloc(). Instead of this extra logic and additional EXPORT_SYMBOL, use specialized devlink allocation function that receives net namespace as an argument. Such specialized API allows clear view when devlink initialized in wrong net namespace and/or kernel users don't try to change devlink namespace under the hood. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-07-29 20:19:25 +03:00

devlink: Set device as early as possible All kernel devlink implementations call to devlink_alloc() during initialization routine for specific device which is used later as a parent device for devlink_register(). Such late device assignment causes to the situation which requires us to call to device_register() before setting other parameters, but that call opens devlink to the world and makes accessible for the netlink users. Any attempt to move devlink_register() to be the last call generates the following error due to access to the devlink->dev pointer. [ 8.758862] devlink_nl_param_fill+0x2e8/0xe50 [ 8.760305] devlink_param_notify+0x6d/0x180 [ 8.760435] __devlink_params_register+0x2f1/0x670 [ 8.760558] devlink_params_register+0x1e/0x20 The simple change of API to set devlink device in the devlink_alloc() instead of devlink_register() fixes all this above and ensures that prior to call to devlink_register() everything already set. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-08-08 21:57:43 +03:00

devlink: Allocate devlink directly in requested net namespace There is no need in extra call indirection and check from impossible flow where someone tries to set namespace without prior call to devlink_alloc(). Instead of this extra logic and additional EXPORT_SYMBOL, use specialized devlink allocation function that receives net namespace as an argument. Such specialized API allows clear view when devlink initialized in wrong net namespace and/or kernel users don't try to change devlink namespace under the hood. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2021-07-29 20:19:25 +03:00

devlink: remove devlink features Devlink features were introduced to disallow devlink reload calls of userspace before the devlink was fully initialized. The reason for this workaround was the fact that devlink reload was originally called without devlink instance lock held. However, with recent changes that converted devlink reload to be performed under devlink instance lock, this is redundant so remove devlink features entirely. Note that mlx5 used this to enable devlink reload conditionally only when device didn't act as multi port slave. Move the multi port check into mlx5_devlink_reload_down() callback alongside with the other checks preventing the device from reload in certain states. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-01-27 16:50:42 +01:00

devlink: remove the registration guarantee of references The objective of exposing the devlink instance locks to drivers was to let them use these locks to prevent user space from accessing the device before it's fully initialized. This is difficult because devlink_unregister() waits for all references to be released, meaning that devlink_unregister() can't itself be called under the instance lock. To avoid this issue devlink_register() was moved after subobject registration a while ago. Unfortunately the netdev paths get a hold of the devlink instances _before_ they are registered. Ideally netdev should wait for devlink init to finish (synchronizing on the instance lock). This can't work because we don't know if the instance will _ever_ be registered (in case of failures it may not). The other option of returning an error until devlink_register() is called is unappealing (user space would get a notification netdev exist but would have to wait arbitrary amount of time before accessing some of its attributes). Weaken the guarantees of the devlink references. Holding a reference will now only guarantee that the memory of the object is around. Another way of looking at it is that the reference now protects the object not its "registered" status. Use devlink instance lock to synchronize unregistration. This implies that releasing of the "main" reference of the devlink instance moves from devlink_unregister() to devlink_free(). Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-01-05 22:33:58 -08:00

devlink: Make devlink_register to be void devlink_register() can't fail and always returns success, but all drivers are obligated to check returned status anyway. This adds a lot of boilerplate code to handle impossible flow. Make devlink_register() void and simplify the drivers that use that API call. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> # dsa Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-09-22 11:58:03 +03:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

devlink: introduce port ops placeholder In devlink, some of the objects have separate ops registered alongside with the object itself. Port however have ops in devlink_ops structure. For drivers what register multiple kinds of ports with different ops this is not convenient. Introduce devlink_port_ops and a set of functions that allow drivers to pass ops pointer during port registration. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:27 +02:00

devlink: move port_split/unsplit() ops into devlink_port_ops Move port_split/unsplit() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:31 +02:00

devlink: move port_type_set() op into devlink_port_ops Move port_type_set() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:33 +02:00

devlink: move port_del() to devlink_port_ops Move port_del() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:40 +02:00

devlink: move port_fn_hw_addr_get/set() to devlink_port_ops Move port_fn_hw_addr_get/set() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Martin Habets <habetsm.xilinx@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:36 +02:00

devlink: move port_fn_roce_get/set() to devlink_port_ops Move port_fn_roce_get/set() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:37 +02:00

devlink: move port_fn_migratable_get/set() to devlink_port_ops Move port_fn_migratable_get/set() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:38 +02:00

devlink: move port_fn_state_get/set() to devlink_port_ops Move port_fn_state_get/set() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:39 +02:00

devlink: Expose port function commands to control IPsec crypto offloads Expose port function commands to enable / disable IPsec crypto offloads, this is used to control the port IPsec capabilities. When IPsec crypto is disabled for a function of the port (default), function cannot offload any IPsec crypto operations (Encrypt/Decrypt and XFRM state offloading). When enabled, IPsec crypto operations can be offloaded by the function of the port. Example of a PCI VF port which supports IPsec crypto offloads: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/1 pci/0000:06:00.0/1: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf0 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable ipsec_crypto disable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/1 ipsec_crypto enable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/1 pci/0000:06:00.0/1: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf0 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable ipsec_crypto enable Signed-off-by: Dima Chumak <dchumak@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230825062836.103744-2-saeed@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-08-24 23:28:29 -07:00

devlink: Expose port function commands to control IPsec packet offloads Expose port function commands to enable / disable IPsec packet offloads, this is used to control the port IPsec capabilities. When IPsec packet is disabled for a function of the port (default), function cannot offload IPsec packet operations (encapsulation and XFRM policy offload). When enabled, IPsec packet operations can be offloaded by the function of the port, which includes crypto operation (Encrypt/Decrypt), IPsec encapsulation and XFRM state and policy offload. Example of a PCI VF port which supports IPsec packet offloads: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/1 pci/0000:06:00.0/1: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf0 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable ipsec_packet disable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/1 ipsec_packet enable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/1 pci/0000:06:00.0/1: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf0 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable ipsec_packet enable Signed-off-by: Dima Chumak <dchumak@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230825062836.103744-3-saeed@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-08-24 23:28:30 -07:00

devlink: Support setting max_io_eqs Many devices send event notifications for the IO queues, such as tx and rx queues, through event queues. Enable a privileged owner, such as a hypervisor PF, to set the number of IO event queues for the VF and SF during the provisioning stage. example: Get maximum IO event queues of the VF device:: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 ipsec_packet disabled max_io_eqs 10 Set maximum IO event queues of the VF device:: $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 max_io_eqs 32 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 ipsec_packet disabled max_io_eqs 32 Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2024-04-06 04:05:37 +03:00

devlink: move port_fn_hw_addr_get/set() to devlink_port_ops Move port_fn_hw_addr_get/set() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Martin Habets <habetsm.xilinx@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:36 +02:00

devlink: introduce port ops placeholder In devlink, some of the objects have separate ops registered alongside with the object itself. Port however have ops in devlink_ops structure. For drivers what register multiple kinds of ports with different ops this is not convenient. Introduce devlink_port_ops and a set of functions that allow drivers to pass ops pointer during port registration. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:27 +02:00

devlink: move port_split/unsplit() ops into devlink_port_ops Move port_split/unsplit() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:31 +02:00

devlink: move port_type_set() op into devlink_port_ops Move port_type_set() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:33 +02:00

devlink: move port_del() to devlink_port_ops Move port_del() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:40 +02:00

devlink: move port_fn_hw_addr_get/set() to devlink_port_ops Move port_fn_hw_addr_get/set() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Martin Habets <habetsm.xilinx@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:36 +02:00

devlink: move port_fn_roce_get/set() to devlink_port_ops Move port_fn_roce_get/set() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:37 +02:00

devlink: move port_fn_migratable_get/set() to devlink_port_ops Move port_fn_migratable_get/set() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:38 +02:00

devlink: move port_fn_state_get/set() to devlink_port_ops Move port_fn_state_get/set() from devlink_ops into newly introduced devlink_port_ops. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:39 +02:00

devlink: Expose port function commands to control IPsec crypto offloads Expose port function commands to enable / disable IPsec crypto offloads, this is used to control the port IPsec capabilities. When IPsec crypto is disabled for a function of the port (default), function cannot offload any IPsec crypto operations (Encrypt/Decrypt and XFRM state offloading). When enabled, IPsec crypto operations can be offloaded by the function of the port. Example of a PCI VF port which supports IPsec crypto offloads: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/1 pci/0000:06:00.0/1: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf0 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable ipsec_crypto disable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/1 ipsec_crypto enable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/1 pci/0000:06:00.0/1: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf0 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable ipsec_crypto enable Signed-off-by: Dima Chumak <dchumak@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230825062836.103744-2-saeed@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-08-24 23:28:29 -07:00

devlink: Expose port function commands to control IPsec packet offloads Expose port function commands to enable / disable IPsec packet offloads, this is used to control the port IPsec capabilities. When IPsec packet is disabled for a function of the port (default), function cannot offload IPsec packet operations (encapsulation and XFRM policy offload). When enabled, IPsec packet operations can be offloaded by the function of the port, which includes crypto operation (Encrypt/Decrypt), IPsec encapsulation and XFRM state and policy offload. Example of a PCI VF port which supports IPsec packet offloads: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/1 pci/0000:06:00.0/1: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf0 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable ipsec_packet disable $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/1 ipsec_packet enable $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/1 pci/0000:06:00.0/1: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf0 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 0 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 roce enable ipsec_packet enable Signed-off-by: Dima Chumak <dchumak@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230825062836.103744-3-saeed@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-08-24 23:28:30 -07:00

devlink: Support setting max_io_eqs Many devices send event notifications for the IO queues, such as tx and rx queues, through event queues. Enable a privileged owner, such as a hypervisor PF, to set the number of IO event queues for the VF and SF during the provisioning stage. example: Get maximum IO event queues of the VF device:: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 ipsec_packet disabled max_io_eqs 10 Set maximum IO event queues of the VF device:: $ devlink port function set pci/0000:06:00.0/2 max_io_eqs 32 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev enp6s0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 ipsec_packet disabled max_io_eqs 32 Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Shay Drory <shayd@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2024-04-06 04:05:37 +03:00

devlink: introduce port ops placeholder In devlink, some of the objects have separate ops registered alongside with the object itself. Port however have ops in devlink_ops structure. For drivers what register multiple kinds of ports with different ops this is not convenient. Introduce devlink_port_ops and a set of functions that allow drivers to pass ops pointer during port registration. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:27 +02:00

net: devlink: add port_init/fini() helpers to allow pre-register/post-unregister functions Lifetime of some of the devlink objects, like regions, is currently forced to be different for devlink instance and devlink port instance (per-port regions). The reason is that for devlink ports, the internal structures initialization happens only after devlink_port_register() is called. To resolve this inconsistency, introduce new set of helpers to allow driver to initialize devlink pointer and region list before devlink_register() is called. That allows port regions to be created before devlink port registration and destroyed after devlink port unregistration. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-09-29 09:28:58 +02:00

devlink: introduce port ops placeholder In devlink, some of the objects have separate ops registered alongside with the object itself. Port however have ops in devlink_ops structure. For drivers what register multiple kinds of ports with different ops this is not convenient. Introduce devlink_port_ops and a set of functions that allow drivers to pass ops pointer during port registration. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-05-26 12:28:27 +02:00

net: devlink: move unlocked function prototypes alongside the locked ones Maintain the same order as it is in devlink.c for function prototypes. The most of the locked variants would very likely soon be removed and the unlocked version would be the only one. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2022-07-12 12:24:24 +02:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

net: devlink: remove netdev arg from devlink_port_type_eth_set() Since devlink_port_type_eth_set() should no longer be called by any driver with netdev pointer as it should rather use SET_NETDEV_DEVLINK_PORT, remove the netdev arg. Add a warn to type_clear() Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-02 17:02:05 +01:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

devlink: introduce devlink_port_attrs_set Change existing setter for split port information into more generic attrs setter. Alongside with that, allow to set port number and subport number for split ports. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-05-18 09:29:00 +02:00

devlink/port: Check attributes early and constify Constify the devlink port attributes to indicate they are read only and does not depend on anything else. Therefore, validate it early before setting in the devlink port. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250813094417.7269-3-parav@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-08-13 12:44:17 +03:00

2020-09-09 07:50:37 +03:00

devlink: Introduce external controller flag A devlink eswitch port may represent PCI PF/VF ports of a controller. A controller either located on same system or it can be an external controller located in host where such NIC is plugged in. Add the ability for driver to specify if a port is for external controller. Use such flag in the mlx5_core driver. An example of an external controller having VF1 of PF0 belong to controller 1. $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 pci/0000:06:00.0/2: type eth netdev ens2f0pf0vf1 flavour pcivf pfnum 0 vfnum 1 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/2 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/2": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0pf0vf1", "flavour": "pcivf", "pfnum": 0, "vfnum": 1, "external": true, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:00:00" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-09 07:50:36 +03:00

devlink: Introduce PCI SF port flavour and port attribute A PCI sub-function (SF) represents a portion of the device similar to PCI VF. In an eswitch, PCI SF may have port which is normally represented using a representor netdevice. To have better visibility of eswitch port, its association with SF, and its representor netdevice, introduce a PCI SF port flavour. When devlink port flavour is PCI SF, fill up PCI SF attributes of the port. Extend port name creation using PCI PF and SF number scheme on best effort basis, so that vendor drivers can skip defining their own scheme. This is done as cApfNSfM, where A, N and M are controller, PCI PF and PCI SF number respectively. This is similar to existing naming for PCI PF and PCI VF ports. An example view of a PCI SF port: $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 pci/0000:06:00.0/32768: type eth netdev ens2f0npf0sf88 flavour pcisf controller 0 pfnum 0 sfnum 88 external false splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:88:88 state active opstate attached $ devlink port show pci/0000:06:00.0/32768 -jp { "port": { "pci/0000:06:00.0/32768": { "type": "eth", "netdev": "ens2f0npf0sf88", "flavour": "pcisf", "controller": 0, "pfnum": 0, "sfnum": 88, "splittable": false, "function": { "hw_addr": "00:00:00:00:88:88", "state": "active", "opstate": "attached" } } } } Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2020-12-11 22:12:13 -08:00

devlink: Extend SF port attributes to have external attribute Extended SF port attributes to have optional external flag similar to PCI PF and VF port attributes. External atttibute is required to generate unique phys_port_name when PF number and SF number are overlapping between two controllers similar to SR-IOV VFs. When a SF is for external controller an example view of external SF port and config sequence. On eswitch system: $ devlink dev eswitch set pci/0033:01:00.0 mode switchdev $ devlink port show pci/0033:01:00.0/196607: type eth netdev enP51p1s0f0np0 flavour physical port 0 splittable false pci/0033:01:00.0/131072: type eth netdev eth0 flavour pcipf controller 1 pfnum 0 external true splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 $ devlink port add pci/0033:01:00.0 flavour pcisf pfnum 0 sfnum 77 controller 1 pci/0033:01:00.0/163840: type eth netdev eth1 flavour pcisf controller 1 pfnum 0 sfnum 77 splittable false function: hw_addr 00:00:00:00:00:00 state inactive opstate detached phys_port_name construction: $ cat /sys/class/net/eth1/phys_port_name c1pf0sf77 Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Vu Pham <vuhuong@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@nvidia.com>

2021-03-10 15:35:03 +02:00

devlink: expose peer SF devlink instance Introduce a new helper devl_port_fn_devlink_set() to be used by driver assigning a devlink instance to the peer devlink port function. Expose this to user over new netlink attribute nested under port function nest to expose devlink handle related to the port function. This is particularly helpful for user to understand the relationship between devlink instances created for SFs and the port functions they belong to. Note that caller of devlink_port_notify() needs to hold devlink instance lock, put the assertion to devl_port_fn_devlink_set() to make this requirement explicit. Also note the limitations that only allow to make this assignment for registered objects. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-09-13 09:12:39 +02:00

devlink: Enable creation of the devlink-rate nodes from the driver Intel 100G card internal firmware hierarchy for Hierarchicial QoS is very rigid and can't be easily removed. This requires an ability to export default hierarchy to allow user to modify it. Currently the driver is only able to create the 'leaf' nodes, which usually represent the vport. This is not enough for HQoS implemented in Intel hardware. Introduce new function devl_rate_node_create() that allows for creation of the devlink-rate nodes from the driver. Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-15 11:48:17 +01:00

devlink: Allow to set up parent in devl_rate_leaf_create() Currently the driver is able to create leaf nodes for the devlink-rate, but is unable to set parent for them. This wasn't as issue before the possibility to export hierarchy from the driver. After adding the export feature, in order for the driver to supply correct hierarchy, it's necessary for it to be able to supply a parent name to devl_rate_leaf_create(). Introduce a new parameter 'parent_name' in devl_rate_leaf_create(). Signed-off-by: Michal Wilczynski <michal.wilczynski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-15 11:48:19 +01:00

net: devlink: move unlocked function prototypes alongside the locked ones Maintain the same order as it is in devlink.c for function prototypes. The most of the locked variants would very likely soon be removed and the unlocked version would be the only one. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2022-07-12 12:24:24 +02:00

devlink: add port to line card relationship set In order to properly inform user about relationship between port and line card, introduce a driver API to set line card for a port. Use this information to extend port devlink netlink message by line card index and also include the line card index into phys_port_name and by that into a netdevice name. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2022-04-18 09:42:28 +03:00

2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00

devlink: remove linecards lock Similar to other devlink objects, convert the linecards list to be protected by devlink instance lock. Alongside with that rename the create/destroy() functions to devl_* to indicate the devlink instance lock needs to be held while calling them. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-01-18 16:21:04 +01:00

2022-04-18 09:42:26 +03:00

devlink: implement line card active state Allow driver to mark a line card as active. Expose this state to the userspace over devlink netlink interface with proper notifications. 'active' state means that line card was plugged in after being provisioned. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2022-04-18 09:42:27 +03:00

devlink: convert linecard nested devlink to new rel infrastructure Benefit from the newly introduced rel infrastructure, treat the linecard nested devlink instances in the same way as port function instances. Convert the code to use the rel infrastructure. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-09-13 09:12:41 +02:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:36 +02:00

devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_sb*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:36 +02:00

devlink: add shared buffer configuration Define userspace API and drivers API for configuration of shared buffers. Four basic objects are defined: shared buffer - attributes are size, number of pools and TCs pool - chunk of sharedbuffer definition, it has some size and either static or dynamic threshold port pool threshold - to set per-port threshold for each pool port tc threshold bind - to bind port and TC to specified pool with threshold. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-04-14 18:19:13 +02:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:37 +02:00

devlink: Constify the 'table_ops' parameter of devl_dpipe_table_register() "struct devlink_dpipe_table_ops" only contains some function pointers. Update "struct devlink_dpipe_table" and the 'table_ops' parameter of devl_dpipe_table_register() so that structures in drivers can be constified. Constifying these structures will move some data to a read-only section, so increase overall security. Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr> Reviewed-by: Wojciech Drewek <wojciech.drewek@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2024-06-02 16:18:52 +02:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:37 +02:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

devlink: Move dpipe entry clear function into devlink The entry clear routine can be shared between the drivers, thus it is moved inside devlink. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-08-24 08:40:03 +02:00

devlink: Support for pipeline debug (dpipe) The pipeline debug is used to export the pipeline abstractions for the main objects - tables, headers and entries. The only support for set is for changing the counter parameter on specific table. The basic structures: Header - can represent a real protocol header information or internal metadata. Generic protocol headers like IPv4 can be shared between drivers. Each driver can add local headers. Field - part of a header. Can represent protocol field or specific ASIC metadata field. Hardware special metadata fields can be mapped to different resources, for example switch ASIC ports can have internal number which from the systems point of view is mapped to netdeivce ifindex. Match - represent specific match rule. Can describe match on specific field or header. The header index should be specified as well in order to support several header instances of the same type (tunneling). Action - represents specific action rule. Actions can describe operations on specific field values for example like set, increment, etc. And header operation like add and delete. Value - represents value which can be associated with specific match or action. Table - represents a hardware block which can be described with match/ action behavior. The match/action can be done on the packets data or on the internal metadata that it gathered along the packets traversal throw the pipeline which is vendor specific and should be exported in order to provide understanding of ASICs behavior. Entry - represents single record in a specific table. The entry is identified by specific combination of values for match/action. Prior to accessing the tables/entries the drivers provide the header/ field data base which is used by driver to user-space. The data base is split between the shared headers and unique headers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-03-28 17:24:10 +02:00

devlink: Add Ethernet header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-08-24 08:39:59 +02:00

devlink: Add IPv4 header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv4 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-08-24 08:40:00 +02:00

devlink: Add IPv6 header for dpipe This will be used by the IPv6 host table which will be introduced in the following patches. The fields in the header are added per-use. This header is global and can be reused by many drivers. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2017-08-31 17:59:12 +02:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00

devlink: Simplify devlink resources unregister call The devlink_resources_unregister() used second parameter as an entry point for the recursive removal of devlink resources. None of the callers outside of devlink core needed to use this field, so let's remove it. As part of this removal, the "struct devlink_resource" was moved from .h to .c file as it is not possible to use in any place in the code except devlink.c. Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-11-30 12:16:20 +02:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_dpipe*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:37 +02:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_resource*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:35 +02:00

devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00

devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00

devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00

devlink: Add devlink_param register and unregister Define configuration parameters data structure. Add functions to register and unregister the driver supported configuration parameters table. For each parameter registered, the driver should fill all the parameter's fields. In case the only supported configuration mode is "driverinit" the parameter's get()/set() functions are not required and should be set to NULL, for any other configuration mode, these functions are required and should be set by the driver. Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-04 14:30:28 +03:00

devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00

devlink: fix the name of value arg of devl_param_driverinit_value_get() Probably due to copy-paste error, the name of the arg is "init_val" which is misleading, as the pointer is used to point to struct where to store the current value. Rename it to "val" and change the arg comment a bit on the way. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-02-10 11:01:27 +01:00

devlink: protect devlink param list by instance lock Commit 1d18bb1a4ddd ("devlink: allow registering parameters after the instance") as the subject implies introduced possibility to register devlink params even for already registered devlink instance. This is a bit problematic, as the consistency or params list was originally secured by the fact it is static during devlink lifetime. So in order to protect the params list, take devlink instance lock during the params operations. Introduce unlocked function variants and use them in drivers in locked context. Put lock assertions to appropriate places. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-01-26 08:58:35 +01:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00

devlink: prepare to support region operations Modify the devlink region code in preparation for adding new operations on regions. Create a devlink_region_ops structure, and move the name pointer from within the devlink_region structure into the ops structure (similar to the devlink_health_reporter_ops). This prepares the regions to enable support of additional operations in the future such as requesting snapshots, or accessing the region directly without a snapshot. In order to re-use the constant strings in the mlx4 driver their declaration must be changed to 'const char * const' to ensure the compiler realizes that both the data and the pointer cannot change. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-26 11:37:08 -07:00

net: devlink: Add support for port regions Allow regions to be registered to a devlink port. The same netlink API is used, but the port index is provided to indicate when a region is a port region as opposed to a device region. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-10-04 18:12:54 +02:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions Add unlocked variants of devlink_region_create/destroy() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:39 +02:00

devlink: Add support for creating and destroying regions This allows a device to register its supported address regions. Each address region can be accessed directly for example reading the snapshots taken of this address space. Drivers are not limited in the name selection for different regions. An example of a region-name can be: pci cr-space, register-space. Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-07-12 15:13:08 +03:00

devlink: report error once U32_MAX snapshot ids have been used The devlink_snapshot_id_get() function returns a snapshot id. The snapshot id is a u32, so there is no way to indicate an error code. A future change is going to possibly add additional cases where this function could fail. Refactor the function to return the snapshot id in an argument, so that it can return zero or an error value. This ensures that snapshot ids cannot be confused with error values, and aids in the future refactor of snapshot id allocation management. Because there is no current way to release previously used snapshot ids, add a simple check ensuring that an error is reported in case the snapshot_id would over flow. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-26 11:37:14 -07:00

devlink: track snapshot id usage count using an xarray Each snapshot created for a devlink region must have an id. These ids are supposed to be unique per "event" that caused the snapshot to be created. Drivers call devlink_region_snapshot_id_get to obtain a new id to use for a new event trigger. The id values are tracked per devlink, so that the same id number can be used if a triggering event creates multiple snapshots on different regions. There is no mechanism for snapshot ids to ever be reused. Introduce an xarray to store the count of how many snapshots are using a given id, replacing the snapshot_id field previously used for picking the next id. The devlink_region_snapshot_id_get() function will use xa_alloc to insert an initial value of 1 value at an available slot between 0 and U32_MAX. The new __devlink_snapshot_id_increment() and __devlink_snapshot_id_decrement() functions will be used to track how many snapshots currently use an id. Drivers must now call devlink_snapshot_id_put() in order to release their reference of the snapshot id after adding region snapshots. By tracking the total number of snapshots using a given id, it is possible for the decrement() function to erase the id from the xarray when it is not in use. With this method, a snapshot id can become reused again once all snapshots that referred to it have been deleted via DEVLINK_CMD_REGION_DEL, and the driver has finished adding snapshots. This work also paves the way to introduce a mechanism for userspace to request a snapshot. Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-26 11:37:15 -07:00

devlink: remove pointless data_len arg from region snapshot create The size of the snapshot has to be the same as the size of the region, therefore no need to pass it again during snapshot creation. Remove the arg and use region->size instead. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-09 15:27:15 +02:00

devlink: convert snapshot destructor callback to region op It does not makes sense that two snapshots for a given region would use different destructors. Simplify snapshot creation by adding a .destructor op for regions. This operation will replace the data_destructor for the snapshot creation, and makes snapshot creation easier. Noticed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-26 11:37:09 -07:00

devlink: add device information API ethtool -i has served us well for a long time, but its showing its limitations more and more. The device information should also be reported per device not per-netdev. Lay foundation for a simple devlink-based way of reading device info. Add driver name and device serial number as initial pieces of information exposed via this new API. v3: - rename helpers (Jiri); - rename driver name attr (Jiri); - remove double spacing in commit message (Jiri). RFC v2: - wrap the skb into an opaque structure (Jiri); - allow the serial number of be any length (Jiri & Andrew); - add driver name (Jonathan). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-01-31 10:50:40 -08:00

devlink: Add support for board.serial_number to info_get cb. Board serial number is a serial number, often available in PCI *Vital Product Data*. Also, update devlink-info.rst documentation file. Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-06-20 22:01:56 +05:30

net: devlink: extend info_get() version put to indicate a flash component Whenever the driver is called by his info_get() op, it may put multiple version names and values to the netlink message. Extend by additional helper devlink_info_version_running/stored_put_ext() that allows to specify a version type that indicates when particular version name represents a flash component. This is going to be used in follow-up patch calling info_get() during flash update command checking if version with this the version type exists. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-08-24 14:20:09 +02:00

devlink: add version reporting to devlink info API ethtool -i has a few fixed-size fields which can be used to report firmware version and expansion ROM version. Unfortunately, modern hardware has more firmware components. There is usually some datapath microcode, management controller, PXE drivers, and a CPLD load. Running ethtool -i on modern controllers reveals the fact that vendors cram multiple values into firmware version field. Here are some examples from systems I could lay my hands on quickly: tg3: "FFV20.2.17 bc 5720-v1.39" i40e: "6.01 0x800034a4 1.1747.0" nfp: "0.0.3.5 0.25 sriov-2.1.16 nic" Add a new devlink API to allow retrieving multiple versions, and provide user-readable name for those versions. While at it break down the versions into three categories: - fixed - this is the board/fixed component version, usually vendors report information like the board version in the PCI VPD, but it will benefit from naming and common API as well; - running - this is the running firmware version; - stored - this is firmware in the flash, after firmware update this value will reflect the flashed version, while the running version may only be updated after reboot. v3: - add per-type helpers instead of using the special argument (Jiri). RFCv2: - remove the nesting in attr DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_VERSIONS (now versions are mixed with other info attrs)l - have the driver report versions from the same callback as other info. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-01-31 10:50:41 -08:00

net: devlink: extend info_get() version put to indicate a flash component Whenever the driver is called by his info_get() op, it may put multiple version names and values to the netlink message. Extend by additional helper devlink_info_version_running/stored_put_ext() that allows to specify a version type that indicates when particular version name represents a flash component. This is going to be used in follow-up patch calling info_get() during flash update command checking if version with this the version type exists. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-08-24 14:20:09 +02:00

devlink: add version reporting to devlink info API ethtool -i has a few fixed-size fields which can be used to report firmware version and expansion ROM version. Unfortunately, modern hardware has more firmware components. There is usually some datapath microcode, management controller, PXE drivers, and a CPLD load. Running ethtool -i on modern controllers reveals the fact that vendors cram multiple values into firmware version field. Here are some examples from systems I could lay my hands on quickly: tg3: "FFV20.2.17 bc 5720-v1.39" i40e: "6.01 0x800034a4 1.1747.0" nfp: "0.0.3.5 0.25 sriov-2.1.16 nic" Add a new devlink API to allow retrieving multiple versions, and provide user-readable name for those versions. While at it break down the versions into three categories: - fixed - this is the board/fixed component version, usually vendors report information like the board version in the PCI VPD, but it will benefit from naming and common API as well; - running - this is the running firmware version; - stored - this is firmware in the flash, after firmware update this value will reflect the flashed version, while the running version may only be updated after reboot. v3: - add per-type helpers instead of using the special argument (Jiri). RFCv2: - remove the nesting in attr DEVLINK_ATTR_INFO_VERSIONS (now versions are mixed with other info attrs)l - have the driver report versions from the same callback as other info. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-01-31 10:50:41 -08:00

net: devlink: extend info_get() version put to indicate a flash component Whenever the driver is called by his info_get() op, it may put multiple version names and values to the netlink message. Extend by additional helper devlink_info_version_running/stored_put_ext() that allows to specify a version type that indicates when particular version name represents a flash component. This is going to be used in follow-up patch calling info_get() during flash update command checking if version with this the version type exists. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-08-24 14:20:09 +02:00

devlink: Add support for resource abstraction Add support for hardware resource abstraction over devlink. Each resource is identified via id, furthermore it contains information regarding its size and its related sub resources. Each resource can also provide its current occupancy. In some cases the sizes of some resources can be changed, yet for those changes to take place a hot driver reload may be needed. The reload capability will be introduced in the next patch. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2018-01-15 08:59:03 +01:00

devlink: convert most of devlink_fmsg_*() to return void Since struct devlink_fmsg retains error by now (see 1st patch of this series), there is no longer need to keep returning it in each call. This is a separate commit to allow per-driver conversion to stop using those return values. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Przemek Kitszel <przemyslaw.kitszel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-10-18 22:26:47 +02:00

devlink: Add devlink formatted message (fmsg) API Devlink fmsg is a mechanism to pass descriptors between drivers and devlink, in json-like format. The API allows the driver to add nested attributes such as object, object pair and value array, in addition to attributes such as name and value. Driver can use this API to fill the fmsg context in a format which will be translated by the devlink to the netlink message later. There is no memory allocation in advance (other than the initial list head), and it dynamically allocates messages descriptors and add them to the list on the fly. When it needs to send the data using SKBs to the netlink layer, it fragments the data between different SKBs. In order to do this fragmentation, it uses virtual nests attributes, to avoid actual nesting use which cannot be divided between different SKBs. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:32 +02:00

devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00

devlink: protect health reporter operation with instance lock Similar to other devlink objects, protect the reporters list by devlink instance lock. Alongside add unlocked versions of health reporter create/destroy functions and use them in drivers on call paths where the instance lock is held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-01-18 16:21:08 +01:00

devlink: Move graceful period parameter to reporter ops Move the default graceful period from a parameter to devlink_health_reporter_create() to a field in the devlink_health_reporter_ops structure. This change improves consistency, as the graceful period is inherently tied to the reporter's behavior and recovery policy. It simplifies the signature of devlink_health_reporter_create() and its internal helper functions. It also centralizes the reporter configuration at the ops structure, preparing the groundwork for a downstream patch that will introduce a devlink health reporter burst period attribute whose default value will similarly be provided by the driver via the ops structure. Signed-off-by: Shahar Shitrit <shshitrit@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250824084354.533182-2-mbloch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-08-24 11:43:50 +03:00

devlink: Add devlink health port reporters API In order to use new devlink port health reporters infrastructure, add corresponding constructor and destructor functions. Signed-off-by: Vladyslav Tarasiuk <vladyslavt@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-10 15:25:11 +03:00

devlink: Move graceful period parameter to reporter ops Move the default graceful period from a parameter to devlink_health_reporter_create() to a field in the devlink_health_reporter_ops structure. This change improves consistency, as the graceful period is inherently tied to the reporter's behavior and recovery policy. It simplifies the signature of devlink_health_reporter_create() and its internal helper functions. It also centralizes the reporter configuration at the ops structure, preparing the groundwork for a downstream patch that will introduce a devlink health reporter burst period attribute whose default value will similarly be provided by the driver via the ops structure. Signed-off-by: Shahar Shitrit <shshitrit@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250824084354.533182-2-mbloch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-08-24 11:43:50 +03:00

devlink: Add devlink health port reporters API In order to use new devlink port health reporters infrastructure, add corresponding constructor and destructor functions. Signed-off-by: Vladyslav Tarasiuk <vladyslavt@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-10 15:25:11 +03:00

devlink: protect health reporter operation with instance lock Similar to other devlink objects, protect the reporters list by devlink instance lock. Alongside add unlocked versions of health reporter create/destroy functions and use them in drivers on call paths where the instance lock is held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-01-18 16:21:08 +01:00

devlink: Move graceful period parameter to reporter ops Move the default graceful period from a parameter to devlink_health_reporter_create() to a field in the devlink_health_reporter_ops structure. This change improves consistency, as the graceful period is inherently tied to the reporter's behavior and recovery policy. It simplifies the signature of devlink_health_reporter_create() and its internal helper functions. It also centralizes the reporter configuration at the ops structure, preparing the groundwork for a downstream patch that will introduce a devlink health reporter burst period attribute whose default value will similarly be provided by the driver via the ops structure. Signed-off-by: Shahar Shitrit <shshitrit@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250824084354.533182-2-mbloch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-08-24 11:43:50 +03:00

devlink: protect health reporter operation with instance lock Similar to other devlink objects, protect the reporters list by devlink instance lock. Alongside add unlocked versions of health reporter create/destroy functions and use them in drivers on call paths where the instance lock is held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-01-18 16:21:08 +01:00

devlink: Move graceful period parameter to reporter ops Move the default graceful period from a parameter to devlink_health_reporter_create() to a field in the devlink_health_reporter_ops structure. This change improves consistency, as the graceful period is inherently tied to the reporter's behavior and recovery policy. It simplifies the signature of devlink_health_reporter_create() and its internal helper functions. It also centralizes the reporter configuration at the ops structure, preparing the groundwork for a downstream patch that will introduce a devlink health reporter burst period attribute whose default value will similarly be provided by the driver via the ops structure. Signed-off-by: Shahar Shitrit <shshitrit@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <mbloch@nvidia.com> Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20250824084354.533182-2-mbloch@nvidia.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2025-08-24 11:43:50 +03:00

devlink: protect health reporter operation with instance lock Similar to other devlink objects, protect the reporters list by devlink instance lock. Alongside add unlocked versions of health reporter create/destroy functions and use them in drivers on call paths where the instance lock is held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2023-01-18 16:21:08 +01:00

devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00

devlink: Add devlink health port reporters API In order to use new devlink port health reporters infrastructure, add corresponding constructor and destructor functions. Signed-off-by: Vladyslav Tarasiuk <vladyslavt@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-07-10 15:25:11 +03:00

devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00

devlink: Add health report functionality Upon error discover, every driver can report it to the devlink health mechanism via devlink_health_report function, using the appropriate reporter registered to it. Driver can pass error specific context which will be delivered to it as part of the dump / recovery callbacks. Once an error is reported, devlink health will do the following actions: * A log is being send to the kernel trace events buffer * Health status and statistics are being updated for the reporter instance * Object dump is being taken and stored at the reporter instance (as long as there is no other dump which is already stored) * Auto recovery attempt is being done. Depends on: - Auto Recovery configuration - Grace period vs. Time since last recover Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:34 +02:00

devlink: Add support for direct reporter health state update It is possible that a reporter state will be updated due to a recover flow which is not triggered by a devlink health related operation, but as a side effect of some other operation in the system. Expose devlink health API for a direct update of a reporter status. Move devlink_health_reporter_state enum definition to devlink.h so it could be used from drivers as a parameter of devlink_health_reporter_state_update. In addition, add trace_devlink_health_reporter_state_update to provide user notification for reporter state change. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-03-03 10:57:30 +02:00

devlink: add support for reporter recovery completion It is possible that a reporter recovery completion do not finish successfully when recovery is triggered via devlink_health_reporter_recover as recovery could be processed in different context. In such scenario an error is returned by driver when recover hook is invoked and successful recovery completion is intimated later. Expose devlink recover done API to update recovery stats. Signed-off-by: Vikas Gupta <vikas.gupta@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-01-02 21:18:09 +05:30

devlink: Add health reporter create/destroy functionality Devlink health reporter is an instance for reporting, diagnosing and recovering from run time errors discovered by the reporters. Define it's data structure and supported operations. In addition, expose devlink API to create and destroy a reporter. Each devlink instance will hold it's own reporters list. As part of the allocation, driver shall provide a set of callbacks which will be used by devlink in order to handle health reports and user commands related to this reporter. In addition, driver is entitled to provide some priv pointer, which can be fetched from the reporter by devlink_health_reporter_priv function. For each reporter, devlink will hold a metadata of statistics, dump msg and status. For passing dumps and diagnose data to the user-space, it will use devlink fmsg API. Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-07 11:36:33 +02:00

devlink: introduce possibility to expose info about nested devlinks In mlx5, there is a devlink instance created for PCI device. Also, one separate devlink instance is created for auxiliary device that represents the netdev of uplink port. This relation is currently invisible to the devlink user. Benefit from the rel infrastructure and allow for nested devlink instance to set the relationship for the nested-in devlink instance. Note that there may be many nested instances, therefore use xarray to hold the list of rel_indexes for individual nested instances. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2023-09-13 09:12:42 +02:00

net: devlink: move reload fail indication to devlink core and expose to user Currently the fact that devlink reload failed is stored in drivers. Move this flag into devlink core. Also, expose it to the user. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-09-12 10:49:46 +02:00

devlink: Add remote reload stats Add remote reload stats to hold the history of actions performed due devlink reload commands initiated by remote host. For example, in case firmware activation with reset finished successfully but was initiated by remote host. The function devlink_remote_reload_actions_performed() is exported to enable drivers update on remote reload actions performed as it was not initiated by their own devlink instance. Expose devlink remote reload stats to the user through devlink dev get command. Examples: $ devlink dev show pci/0000:82:00.0: stats: reload: driver_reinit 2 fw_activate 1 fw_activate_no_reset 0 remote_reload: driver_reinit 0 fw_activate 0 fw_activate_no_reset 0 pci/0000:82:00.1: stats: reload: driver_reinit 1 fw_activate 0 fw_activate_no_reset 0 remote_reload: driver_reinit 1 fw_activate 1 fw_activate_no_reset 0 $ devlink dev show -jp { "dev": { "pci/0000:82:00.0": { "stats": { "reload": { "driver_reinit": 2, "fw_activate": 1, "fw_activate_no_reset": 0 }, "remote_reload": { "driver_reinit": 0, "fw_activate": 0, "fw_activate_no_reset": 0 } } }, "pci/0000:82:00.1": { "stats": { "reload": { "driver_reinit": 1, "fw_activate": 0, "fw_activate_no_reset": 0 }, "remote_reload": { "driver_reinit": 1, "fw_activate": 1, "fw_activate_no_reset": 0 } } } } } Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2020-10-07 09:00:46 +03:00

net: devlink: move reload fail indication to devlink core and expose to user Currently the fact that devlink reload failed is stored in drivers. Move this flag into devlink core. Also, expose it to the user. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-09-12 10:49:46 +02:00

devlink: allow driver to update progress of flash update Introduce a function to be called from drivers during flash. It sends notification to userspace about flash update progress. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-06-04 15:40:40 +02:00

devlink: add timeout information to status_notify Add a timeout element to the DEVLINK_CMD_FLASH_UPDATE_STATUS netlink message for use by a userland utility to show that a particular firmware flash activity may take a long but bounded time to finish. Also add a handy helper for drivers to make use of the new timeout value. UI usage hints: - if non-zero, add timeout display to the end of the status line [component] status_msg ( Xm Ys : Am Bs ) using the timeout value for Am Bs and updating the Xm Ys every second - if the timeout expires while awaiting the next update, display something like [component] status_msg ( timeout reached : Am Bs ) - if new status notify messages are received, remove the timeout and start over Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <snelson@pensando.io> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-09-17 18:13:23 -07:00

devlink: allow driver to update progress of flash update Introduce a function to be called from drivers during flash. It sends notification to userspace about flash update progress. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-06-04 15:40:40 +02:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

devlink: extend devlink_trap_report() to accept cookie and pass Add cookie argument to devlink_trap_report() allowing driver to pass in the user cookie. Pass on the cookie down to drop monitor code. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-02-25 11:45:21 +01:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00

devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00

devlink: Add API to register packet trap groups Currently, packet trap groups are implicitly registered by drivers upon packet trap registration. When the traps are registered, each is associated with a group and the group is created by devlink, if it does not exist already. This makes it difficult for drivers to pass additional attributes for the groups. Therefore, as a preparation for future patches that require passing additional group attributes, add an API to explicitly register / unregister these groups. Next patches will convert existing drivers to use this API. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-22 20:48:26 +02:00

devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00

devlink: Add packet trap policers support Devices capable of offloading the kernel's datapath and perform functions such as bridging and routing must also be able to send (trap) specific packets to the kernel (i.e., the CPU) for processing. For example, a device acting as a multicast-aware bridge must be able to trap IGMP membership reports to the kernel for processing by the bridge module. In most cases, the underlying device is capable of handling packet rates that are several orders of magnitude higher compared to those that can be handled by the CPU. Therefore, in order to prevent the underlying device from overwhelming the CPU, devices usually include packet trap policers that are able to police the trapped packets to rates that can be handled by the CPU. This patch allows capable device drivers to register their supported packet trap policers with devlink. User space can then tune the parameters of these policer (currently, rate and burst size) and read from the device the number of packets that were dropped by the policer, if supported. Subsequent patches in the series will allow device drivers to create default binding between these policers and packet trap groups and allow user space to change the binding. v2: * Add 'strict_start_type' in devlink policy * Have device drivers provide max/min rate/burst size for each policer. Use them to check validity of user provided parameters Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2020-03-30 22:38:18 +03:00

net: devlink: add unlocked variants of devling_trap*() functions Add unlocked variants of devl_trap*() functions to be used in drivers called-in with devlink->lock held. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-07-16 13:02:34 +02:00

devlink: Add packet trap infrastructure Add the basic packet trap infrastructure that allows device drivers to register their supported packet traps and trap groups with devlink. Each driver is expected to provide basic information about each supported trap, such as name and ID, but also the supported metadata types that will accompany each packet trapped via the trap. The currently supported metadata type is just the input port, but more will be added in the future. For example, output port and traffic class. Trap groups allow users to set the action of all member traps. In addition, users can retrieve per-group statistics in case per-trap statistics are too narrow. In the future, the trap group object can be extended with more attributes, such as policer settings which will limit the amount of traffic generated by member traps towards the CPU. Beside registering their packet traps with devlink, drivers are also expected to report trapped packets to devlink along with relevant metadata. devlink will maintain packets and bytes statistics for each packet trap and will potentially report the trapped packet with its metadata to user space via drop monitor netlink channel. The interface towards the drivers is simple and allows devlink to set the action of the trap. Currently, only two actions are supported: 'trap' and 'drop'. When set to 'trap', the device is expected to provide the sole copy of the packet to the driver which will pass it to devlink. When set to 'drop', the device is expected to drop the packet and not send a copy to the driver. In the future, more actions can be added, such as 'mirror'. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-08-17 16:28:17 +03:00

net: devlink: select NET_DEVLINK from drivers Some drivers are becoming more dependent on NET_DEVLINK being selected in configuration. With upcoming compat functions, the behavior would be wrong in case devlink was not compiled in. So make the drivers select NET_DEVLINK and rely on the functions being there, not just stubs. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-03-24 11:14:38 +01:00

devlink: expose get/put functions Allow those who hold implicit reference on a devlink instance to try to take a full ref on it. This will be used from netdev code which has an implicit ref because of driver call ordering. Note that after recent changes devlink_unregister() may happen before netdev unregister, but devlink_free() should still happen after, so we are safe to try, but we can't just refcount_inc() and assume it's not zero. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-10-30 10:18:50 -07:00

ethtool: don't drop the rtnl_lock half way thru the ioctl devlink compat code needs to drop rtnl_lock to take devlink->lock to ensure correct lock ordering. This is problematic because we're not strictly guaranteed that the netdev will not disappear after we re-lock. It may open a possibility of nested ->begin / ->complete calls. Instead of calling into devlink under rtnl_lock take a ref on the devlink instance and make the call after we've dropped rtnl_lock. We (continue to) assume that netdevs have an implicit reference on the devlink returned from ndo_get_devlink_port Note that ndo_get_devlink_port will now get called under rtnl_lock. That should be fine since none of the drivers seem to be taking serious locks inside ndo_get_devlink_port. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-10-30 10:18:51 -07:00

net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in Being able to build devlink as a module causes growing pains. First all drivers had to add a meta dependency to make sure they are not built in when devlink is built as a module. Now we are struggling to invoke ethtool compat code reliably. Make devlink code built-in, users can still not build it at all but the dynamically loadable module option is removed. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-25 19:34:02 -08:00

ethtool: don't drop the rtnl_lock half way thru the ioctl devlink compat code needs to drop rtnl_lock to take devlink->lock to ensure correct lock ordering. This is problematic because we're not strictly guaranteed that the netdev will not disappear after we re-lock. It may open a possibility of nested ->begin / ->complete calls. Instead of calling into devlink under rtnl_lock take a ref on the devlink instance and make the call after we've dropped rtnl_lock. We (continue to) assume that netdevs have an implicit reference on the devlink returned from ndo_get_devlink_port Note that ndo_get_devlink_port will now get called under rtnl_lock. That should be fine since none of the drivers seem to be taking serious locks inside ndo_get_devlink_port. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-10-30 10:18:51 -07:00

net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() Introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() helper that gets the physical port name for specified netdevice according to devlink port attributes. Call this helper from dev_get_phys_port_name() in case ndo_get_phys_port_name is not defined. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-03-28 13:56:37 +01:00

net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper Introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper which fills up switch_id according to passed netdev pointer. Call it directly from dev_get_port_parent_id() as a fallback when ndo_get_port_parent_id is not defined for given netdev. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-04-03 14:24:17 +02:00

net: devlink: turn devlink into a built-in Being able to build devlink as a module causes growing pains. First all drivers had to add a meta dependency to make sure they are not built in when devlink is built as a module. Now we are struggling to invoke ethtool compat code reliably. Make devlink code built-in, users can still not build it at all but the dynamically loadable module option is removed. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-25 19:34:02 -08:00

net: expose devlink port over rtnetlink Expose devlink port handle related to netdev over rtnetlink. Introduce a new nested IFLA attribute to carry the info. Call into devlink code to fill-up the nest with existing devlink attributes that are used over devlink netlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-02 17:02:11 +01:00

devlink: add devlink_fmsg_dump_skb() function Add devlink_fmsg_dump_skb() function that adds some diagnostic information about skb (like length, pkt type, MAC, etc) to devlink fmsg mechanism using bunch of devlink_fmsg_put() function calls. Signed-off-by: Mateusz Polchlopek <mateusz.polchlopek@intel.com> Tested-by: Pucha Himasekhar Reddy <himasekharx.reddy.pucha@intel.com> (A Contingent worker at Intel) Signed-off-by: Przemek Kitszel <przemyslaw.kitszel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tony Nguyen <anthony.l.nguyen@intel.com>

2024-12-16 15:15:32 +01:00

net: expose devlink port over rtnetlink Expose devlink port handle related to netdev over rtnetlink. Introduce a new nested IFLA attribute to carry the info. Call into devlink code to fill-up the nest with existing devlink attributes that are used over devlink netlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-02 17:02:11 +01:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

devlink: expose get/put functions Allow those who hold implicit reference on a devlink instance to try to take a full ref on it. This will be used from netdev code which has an implicit ref because of driver call ordering. Note that after recent changes devlink_unregister() may happen before netdev unregister, but devlink_free() should still happen after, so we are safe to try, but we can't just refcount_inc() and assume it's not zero. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-10-30 10:18:50 -07:00

ethtool: add compat for devlink info If driver did not fill the fw_version field, try to call into the new devlink get_info op and collect the versions that way. We assume ethtool was always reporting running versions. v4: - use IS_REACHABLE() to avoid problems with DEVLINK=m (kbuildbot). v3 (Jiri): - do a dump and then parse it instead of special handling; - concatenate all versions (well, all that fit :)). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-01-31 10:50:47 -08:00

ethtool: don't drop the rtnl_lock half way thru the ioctl devlink compat code needs to drop rtnl_lock to take devlink->lock to ensure correct lock ordering. This is problematic because we're not strictly guaranteed that the netdev will not disappear after we re-lock. It may open a possibility of nested ->begin / ->complete calls. Instead of calling into devlink under rtnl_lock take a ref on the devlink instance and make the call after we've dropped rtnl_lock. We (continue to) assume that netdevs have an implicit reference on the devlink returned from ndo_get_devlink_port Note that ndo_get_devlink_port will now get called under rtnl_lock. That should be fine since none of the drivers seem to be taking serious locks inside ndo_get_devlink_port. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-10-30 10:18:51 -07:00

ethtool: add compat for devlink info If driver did not fill the fw_version field, try to call into the new devlink get_info op and collect the versions that way. We assume ethtool was always reporting running versions. v4: - use IS_REACHABLE() to avoid problems with DEVLINK=m (kbuildbot). v3 (Jiri): - do a dump and then parse it instead of special handling; - concatenate all versions (well, all that fit :)). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-01-31 10:50:47 -08:00

ethtool: add compat for flash update If driver does not support ethtool flash update operation call into devlink. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-14 13:40:45 -08:00

ethtool: don't drop the rtnl_lock half way thru the ioctl devlink compat code needs to drop rtnl_lock to take devlink->lock to ensure correct lock ordering. This is problematic because we're not strictly guaranteed that the netdev will not disappear after we re-lock. It may open a possibility of nested ->begin / ->complete calls. Instead of calling into devlink under rtnl_lock take a ref on the devlink instance and make the call after we've dropped rtnl_lock. We (continue to) assume that netdevs have an implicit reference on the devlink returned from ndo_get_devlink_port Note that ndo_get_devlink_port will now get called under rtnl_lock. That should be fine since none of the drivers seem to be taking serious locks inside ndo_get_devlink_port. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2021-10-30 10:18:51 -07:00

ethtool: add compat for flash update If driver does not support ethtool flash update operation call into devlink. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-02-14 13:40:45 -08:00

net: devlink: select NET_DEVLINK from drivers Some drivers are becoming more dependent on NET_DEVLINK being selected in configuration. With upcoming compat functions, the behavior would be wrong in case devlink was not compiled in. So make the drivers select NET_DEVLINK and rely on the functions being there, not just stubs. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-03-24 11:14:38 +01:00

net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() Introduce devlink_compat_phys_port_name_get() helper that gets the physical port name for specified netdevice according to devlink port attributes. Call this helper from dev_get_phys_port_name() in case ndo_get_phys_port_name is not defined. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-03-28 13:56:37 +01:00

net: devlink: introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper Introduce devlink_compat_switch_id_get() helper which fills up switch_id according to passed netdev pointer. Call it directly from dev_get_port_parent_id() as a fallback when ndo_get_port_parent_id is not defined for given netdev. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-04-03 14:24:17 +02:00

net: expose devlink port over rtnetlink Expose devlink port handle related to netdev over rtnetlink. Introduce a new nested IFLA attribute to carry the info. Call into devlink code to fill-up the nest with existing devlink attributes that are used over devlink netlink. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>

2022-11-02 17:02:11 +01:00

ethtool: add compat for devlink info If driver did not fill the fw_version field, try to call into the new devlink get_info op and collect the versions that way. We assume ethtool was always reporting running versions. v4: - use IS_REACHABLE() to avoid problems with DEVLINK=m (kbuildbot). v3 (Jiri): - do a dump and then parse it instead of special handling; - concatenate all versions (well, all that fit :)). Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2019-01-31 10:50:47 -08:00

Introduce devlink infrastructure Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to userspace via generic Netlink interface. There are two basic objects defined: devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device. This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace. Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>

2016-02-26 17:32:23 +01:00

2098 lines 74 KiB Raw Normal View History

2098 lines

74 KiB

Raw Normal View History